./.git/hooks/pre-push.sample:9:# $1 -- Name of the remote to which the push is being done ./.git/hooks/pre-push.sample:10:# $2 -- URL to which the push is being done ./.git/hooks/pre-push.sample:14:# Information about the commits which are being pushed is supplied as lines to ./.git/logs/refs/heads/master:104:85da213dd8171bdd57d994142812ad2175db1081 8da85aecffec86862a6429bec115dd6f8f852cf5 ng0 1550594415 +0000 commit: fix mistakes which should not have happened ./.git/logs/refs/heads/master:162:7bbc40cd97c58cee753549b3ca0dffea8b8591c0 2b9bfededa519eba6d23f7604192ec061902af77 ng0 1551290868 +0000 commit: README: point out where which(1) is found ./.git/logs/refs/heads/master:163:2b9bfededa519eba6d23f7604192ec061902af77 d2395d4befccc42d2e2b45c5d49746aebf7ba3a5 ng0 1551290967 +0000 commit: README: which in tests ./.git/logs/refs/heads/master:178:c19219ce837457fb0bdcf94a78ffbe1be4d5038b 60e4110f0f1b8d4a9b482686e7669105d03a7e95 ng0 1551649113 +0000 commit: Fix some comedy which made its way into release ./.git/logs/HEAD:130:85da213dd8171bdd57d994142812ad2175db1081 8da85aecffec86862a6429bec115dd6f8f852cf5 ng0 1550594415 +0000 commit: fix mistakes which should not have happened ./.git/logs/HEAD:223:7bbc40cd97c58cee753549b3ca0dffea8b8591c0 2b9bfededa519eba6d23f7604192ec061902af77 ng0 1551290868 +0000 commit: README: point out where which(1) is found ./.git/logs/HEAD:224:2b9bfededa519eba6d23f7604192ec061902af77 d2395d4befccc42d2e2b45c5d49746aebf7ba3a5 ng0 1551290967 +0000 commit: README: which in tests ./.git/logs/HEAD:239:c19219ce837457fb0bdcf94a78ffbe1be4d5038b 60e4110f0f1b8d4a9b482686e7669105d03a7e95 ng0 1551649113 +0000 commit: Fix some comedy which made its way into release Binary file ./.git/objects/pack/pack-59287f1421216f336dd8b4a675a54a3ca7c39842.pack matches ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/tapw32/OemWin2k.inf:29:; OemWin2k.inf.in file which is preprocessed by winconfig ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/tapw64/OemWin2k.inf:29:; OemWin2k.inf.in file which is preprocessed by winconfig ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:40:(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:62: 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:119:distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:139: source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:163:operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:218:integrity of the free software distribution system, which is ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:243:specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:252:to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:286:free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/COPYING:331: `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. ./contrib/3rdparty/Windows/openvpn-tap32/INSTALL:4:Additional information is included in OemWin2k.inf which is included in the driver archives. ./contrib/apparmor/gnunet-gns-proxy-setup-ca:33: /usr/bin/which rix, ./contrib/apparmor/gnunet-gns-import.sh:14: /usr/bin/which rix, ./contrib/ci/buildbot/buildbot-update.sh:3:COMMAND='svn up; cp -v gauger-cli.py `which gauger-cli.py`' ./contrib/docker/README.md:23:Start a container from `gnunet` image, which can access /dev/net/tun, has access to the host network. We are going to name it `gnunet1`. ./contrib/guix/gnu/packages/gnunet.scm:235: (("/bin/sh") (which "sh"))) ./contrib/guix/gnu/packages/gnunet.scm:310: ("which" ,which) ./contrib/packages/guix/guix-env-py2.scm:120: ("which" ,which) ./contrib/packages/guix/guix-env-gillmann.scm:123: ("which" ,which) ./contrib/packages/guix/notest-guix-env.scm:118: ("which" ,which) ./contrib/scripts/documentation/gnunet-doc.scm:128: ("which" ,which) ./contrib/scripts/gnunet-logread/gnunet-logread:189:it isn't clear which process events belong to. For example you may be ./contrib/scripts/gnunet-bugreport:5: WHICH=which ./contrib/scripts/gnunet-chk.py.in:55: data: A bytearray representing the block of data which has to be encoded ./contrib/scripts/gnunet_pyexpect.py.in:57: print("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is `{2}' ({3})".format(s, r, stream, len(stream))) ./contrib/scripts/gnunet_pyexpect.py.in:62: print("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is is `{2}'".format(s, r.pattern, stream)) ./contrib/scripts/testbed_cleanup.sh:4:# Script to clean a previous run of testbed which has crashed. This scripts kills # ./contrib/scripts/gnunet_pyexpect.py:58: print("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is `{2}' ({3})".format(s, r, stream, len(stream))) ./contrib/scripts/gnunet_pyexpect.py:63: print("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is is `{2}'".format(s, r.pattern, stream)) ./contrib/scripts/gnunet-chk.py:61: data: A bytearray representing the block of data which has to be encoded ./contrib/scripts/gnunet-chk.py.in.bak:56: data: A bytearray representing the block of data which has to be encoded ./contrib/scripts/gnunet_pyexpect.py.in.bak:57: print("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is `{2}' ({3})".format(s, r, stream, len(stream))) ./contrib/scripts/gnunet_pyexpect.py.in.bak:62: print("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is is `{2}'".format(s, r.pattern, stream)) Binary file ./contrib/scripts/__pycache__/gnunet_pyexpect.cpython-37.pyc matches Binary file ./contrib/which/a.out matches ./contrib/which/kwhich.c:3: which(1) on some systems. ./contrib/which/kwhich.c:4: Here's a minimal which. It does exactly what ./contrib/which/kwhich.c:5: which should do with no extras. ./contrib/which/kwhich.c:8: So far this has code borrowed from NetBSD's which/whereis, ./contrib/which/kwhich.c:14: kwhich - kleines which. ./contrib/which/kwhich.c:55: errx(1, "Usage: which program"); ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:70:``.pin'' is a default zone which points to a zone managed by gnunet.org. ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:96:private keys under human-readable names, and keeps a mapping of which ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:117:@command{gnunet-gkt} and switch to the GNS tab, which is the tab in ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:126:a name by which you would like to ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:243:attempted, which is not what you want. If successful, you should ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:315:Before we get started, we need to tell @code{gnunet-qr} which zone ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:404:calculation, the resulting file will contain the signature, which is ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:533:can be cached indefinitely by the DHT and the peers which ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:588:which will run a webserver on port @code{8888} by default. ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:600:The exact details may differ a bit, which is fine. Add the text ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:701:support for non-anonymous file-sharing (which can provide better ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:741:as @emph{no timeout}, which is the default. In this case, ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:861:is displayed to other users when they select which files to ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:879:delete or alter a file, consider using the option @code{-n} which will ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:956:that you used to search is to guess it (which then allows the ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:996:that allow a GNUnet user to maintain an identity (which may or may not ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1003:private pseudonym keys (currently only out-of-band by knowing which files ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1019:same entity (which does not have to be the same person). ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1082:of a block is used to decide which blocks need to be migrated most ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1226:is the size of the file (which allows a peer to determine the ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1237:For non-anonymous file-sharing, loc-URIs are used to specify which ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1257:"+" can be used to specify multiple keywords (which are then ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1282:"root" which by convention refers to some kind of index or other ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1344:a list of keywords. These are the keywords under which the file will be ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1370:which is used to initiate the search. We will ignore the "Namespace", ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1604:in ".+" which indicates that the name needs to be resolved relative ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1687:indicate the port number and protocol (i.e. tcp or udp) for which ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1745:@item A DNS name (in which case resolution will continue outside ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1874:``.fr'' zone which does not allow us to perform a DNS zone ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1883:publishes them into the DHT which makes the result available to the ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:1907:entire zone, which depends on the server configuration. ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2069:Please note that if the third party has previously accessed the attribute, there is not way in which the system could have prevented the thiry party from storing the data. ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2097:The authorize endpoint is protected using a Cookie which can be obtained through ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2107:Our PoC includes a user interface (https://gitlab.com/reclaimid) which ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2111:which is retrieved from the authorization endpoint according to the standard. ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2114:token which is retrieved from a token request. ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2208:in the "exit" tab, you can easily choose which of the above exit ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2253:address of the same interface (which is essentially loopback ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2293:which will be used as the target for your IP traffic that enters the ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2296:specify which traffic you want to tunnel over GNUnet. If your ISP only ./doc/handbook/chapters/user.texi:2318:"gnunet-vpn" will tell you which IP address in the range of your ./doc/handbook/chapters/contributing.texi:116:@c You could also run "bin/check_shell_script" (which we still have ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:261:those that have a public website) which build on top of the GNUnet ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:356:describe under which addresses a peer can be reached (for example, ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:364:library is a wrapper around block plugins which provide the necessary ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:377:The peerinfo service keeps track of which peers are known ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:398:is responsible for deciding which address (i.e. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:399:which transport plugin) should be used for communication with other peers, ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:406:configuration works and the @code{gnunet-nat-server} which provides an ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:422:This directory contains the gnunet-peerinfo binary which can be used to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:462:connections). The topology service also tells the transport service which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:505:those offered by the VPN, which then sends them using mesh to some daemon ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:533:computation which calculates a scalar product between two peers ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:566:several, depending on what you count as "an API") which is implemented as ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:578:interfaces, which are then combined into a layered GNUnet instance (also ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:613:relevant in terms of which applications are likely going to be able to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:775:which should also be their directory name (i.e. '@file{nat}') ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1016:The first statement in a higher-order function, which unusually should ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1220:the past namespaces of libcurl and libgnurl were shared, which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1315:platform-specific descriptions, which can be found in the Index. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1468:The exact details may differ a bit, which is fine. Add the text ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1489:The TESTING library is used for writing testcases which involve starting a ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1500:of hostkeys instead of generating them at peer startup which may take a ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1532:@code{GNUNET_TESTING_system_create()} which returns a handle to the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1533:system. This function takes a directory path which is used for generating ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1534:the configurations of peers, an IP address from which connections to the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1559:handle, a configuration template from which the configuration for the peer ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1562:peer which can be used to start and stop it and to obtain the identity of ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1584:@code{GNUNET_TESTING_peer_kill()} which sends a termination signal to the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1585:peer, and the function @code{GNUNET_TESTING_peer_wait()} which waits on ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1605:Most of the testcases can benefit from an abstraction which configures a ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1614:the peer which starts the rest of the configured services. A similar ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1693:consistent metric, which makes sense to have logged. Highly volatile or ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1732:which the value is measured, for instance "kb/s" or "kb of RAM/node". ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1748:@item Testbed API: An API which is used by the testing driver programs. It ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1752:@item Testbed service (controller): A service which is started through the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1757:testbed API starts the testbed helper on that host which in turn starts ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1777:variable can also contain parameters which are to be passed to the remote ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1786:this allows for substitutions through placemarks which begin with a `%'. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1870:function @code{GNUNET_TESTBED_overlay_connect()} which connects any given ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1946:which can connect to a peer and @code{SCALE_FREE_TOPOLOGY_M} to be set to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:1960:details about the hosts which testbed can use for deploying peers. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2013:required quorum of peers reach the barrier. A barrier which is reached is ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2021:a barrier which has been initialized before ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2047:which are started by testbed as this function tries to access the local ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2048:barrier service which is part of the testbed controller service. Calling ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2083:@code{GNUNET_MESSAGE_TYPE_TESTBED_BARRIER_CANCEL} message which causes ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2087:`gnunet-service-testbed' which already has the testbed controller service. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2196:It will also try to install the latest version of zope.interface which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2231:@item a tasklist which can be executed with gplmt to setup the slaves ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2424:amounts of log data, which is inconvenient when one tries to hunt down a ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2496:formatted @strong{logging definition} string, which looks like this:@ ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2511:The lines field might contain one non-negative number, in which case it ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2512:matches only one line, or a range "from_line-to_line", in which case it ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2524:a ".*" regular expression, which matches anything. Matching is done in ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2525:the default way, which means that the expression matches as long as it's ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2558:@code{GNUNET_log_setup ()} made by the process (which is usually done soon after ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2634:as opposed to earlier examples, which use the shell). ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2643:GNUnet can be told to log everything into a file instead of stderr (which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2650:sequence, which will be replaced by ARM with the name of the service. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2827:which both ensure correct alignment when sending structs over the network. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2900:@code{GNUNET_CLIENT_MessageHandler} type, which is used to process the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2934:to tell the service which function should be called when a particular ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2965:function, which is called to process the specified message types, given ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:2967:function, which is set to @code{NULL} in most cases, and the last ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3099:for example, we store a integer in the RAM which might occupies 4 Byte, ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3341:configuration file, which are not found in the server API. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3342:The dual to the service/server API is the client API, which can be used to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3358:which sections in the configuration file should be used to configure the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3486:also only work if the key is actually stored in the entry (which is the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3487:case most of the time) and if the entry does not modify the key (which in ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3562:The new multi hash map code was committed in SVN 24319 (which made its ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3626:Passing "ALIST" as the first argument to MDLL specifies which of the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3664:managed by the functions in "gnunet-service-arm.c" which is controlled ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3695:(see GNUNET_PREFIX/share/gnunet/defaults.conf which is created from ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3703:@item PORT Port number on which the service is listening for incoming TCP ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3707:@item HOSTNAME Specifies on which host the service is deployed. Note ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3711:determine which system to connect to. The default is "localhost". ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3799:services.@ ARM needs to know which of the running services died. Function ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3803:which service has died (crashed). For all crashing services, ARM restarts ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3822:time which is initially set to 1ms. ARM will double the backoff time ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3829:(which became 2ms), and doubles its backoff time (now backoff(S) = 4). ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3905:section, we refer to transport-level PING and PONG messages, which are ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:3936:Alice knows which address was used for sure (Alice may be behind NAT, so ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4043:message which contains information about the initial peer and the intended ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4131:@item SMTP uses E-mail addresses which are independent of a specific IP, ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4132:which can be useful to address peers that use dynamic IP addresses. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4151:advertisement contains a filter which is placed in the E-mail header, ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4165:choose whichever filter you like, but you should make sure that it does ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4239:configuration which includes filters for spam. We also used a Xenon 2 GHZ ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4331:which will warn you if you don't have the necessary libraries. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4338:packages which are needed for the GNUnet build. So this will ease your ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4351:argument, which represents the interface name and is specified in the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4363:@item it finds an available port number and registers a SDP service which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4364:will be used to find out on which port number is the server listening on ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4381:Well there are many ways in which things could go wrong but I will try to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4407:@item @code{hcitool} : another useful tool which can be used to configure ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4444:On Windows, you cannot specify which device to use. The only thing that ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4457:@item create two different file configuration (one which will use the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4458:first interface (@emph{hci0}) and the other which will use the second ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4492:application which will use the GNUnet framework with the Bluetooth ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4555:@item it creates a RFCOMM socket which will be used for listening and call ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4569:devices to get the port on which this device is listening on) ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4584:@emph{write_std}). The first message which is send is a control message ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4609:descriptor. After the select function returns, we check which file ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4616:To find out on which port a device is listening on we connect to the local ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4643:for a new device which I'm not connected to. If there is no new device on ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4676:For Windows I decided to use the Microsoft Bluetooth stack which has the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4681:Also there are no tools which could be used for debugging in order to read ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4682:the data coming from and going to a Bluetooth device, which obviously ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4694:Windows Sockets, creates a RFCOMM socket which will be binded and switched ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4698:@item an easy way which works with very simple service records ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4699:@item a hard way which is useful when you need to update or to delete the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4704:Since I only needed the SDP service to find out on which port the device ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4735:consists of a program which emulates the plugin and uses the helper. It ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4747:This section documents how the wlan transport plugin works. Parts which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4757:GNUnet is to decide on which address (and thus transport plugin) should ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4770:allocation strategies which differ significantly in their performance and ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4781:on the TRANSPORT subsystem which provides for the actual, insecure, ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4860:between TRANSPORT-level connections (which enable communication with other ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4898:notified about which peers are connected. Creating new "direct" ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4908:peer. The rate at which each connection operates is influenced by the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4942:configuration file with a different private key, which would result in ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4970:@code{InitMessage} which specifies options for the connection and a set of ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4971:message type values which are supported by the application. The options ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4972:bitmask specifies which events the client would like to be notified about. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:4991:@code{InitReplyMessage} which contains the peer's identity. Afterwards, ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5015:transmission slot by sending a @code{SendMessageRequest} which specifies ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5022:@code{SendMessageRequest}, which then superceeds the previous ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5023:@code{SendMessageRequest}, which is then no longer valid. The client can ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5024:tell which @code{SendMessageRequest} the CORE service's ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5049:@code{EphemeralKeyMessage} with its long-term key (which we usually call ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5056:@code{REKEY_FREQUENCY}, which is usually 12 hours. After that time, it ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5066:reflect the current sender_status, which specifies the current state of ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5098:@code{PongMessage} which includes the challenge. Peers receiving a ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5108:cryptographic primitives, which are in @file{util/crypto*.c}). ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5120:largest observed sequence number and a bit-mask which represents which of ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5135:type maps. Type maps are used to allow the CORE service to determine which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5136:(encrypted) connections should be shown to which applications. A type map ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5170:on the CORE subsystem which provides for the link-layer communication and ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5239:The function returns a handle which has to be used for any further ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5244:given are the remote peer's identity (it public key) and a port, which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5245:specifies which application on the remote peer to connect to, similar to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5254:channel on which the message should be sent and the size of the message ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5270:@code{GNUNET_CADET_notify_transmit_ready_cancel}, which uses the handle ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5347:which would otherwise allow an adversary to artificially inflate the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5459:64 estimates and calculates an average over them, giving a result of which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5540:2^10 = 1024 peers. (The range in which we can be 95% sure is: ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5546:2^22 = 4 Million peers. (The range in which we can be 99.7% sure ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5593:public key, which is used to verify the signature on the message. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5605:it has a better message in the "next round" slot which came early in the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5623:message stored in the "previous round slot", which may then be updated ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5625:stored in the "next round slot", which again may then be updated ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5650:@item the HOSTLIST daemon covered in this section, which is particularly ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5695:libmicrohttpd) which provides a list of HELLOs known to the local peer for ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5697:(based on libcurl) which can download hostlists from one or more websites. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5916:Libcurl passes the data to the callback_download function which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5932:messages to the client subsystem, which extracts the URL from the message. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5976:which is about the management of private keys. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:5990:Egos can also be deleted, which means that the private key will be removed ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6043:argument will be provided which gives the client the opportunity to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6093:@code{GNUNET_IDENTITY_ego_get_anonymous}, which returns an ego for the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6143:message which indicates success or error of the operation, and possibly ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6150:which includes the name of the service function. The identity service ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6241:to provide a callback function which will be called with the result of ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6301:example from TRANSPORT service which is in charge of address validation. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6407:and merged into one single HELLO message per peer which will be given to ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6571:Additionally, an expiry date is set after which the record is *possibly* ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6612:@code{GNUNET_PEERSTORE_connect} which returns a handle to the newly ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6617:be used which requires the record fields and a continuation function that ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6820:The callback needs to know which result mode it is used in, as the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6914:It includes the number of elements of the initiating peer, which is used ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6915:to decide which side will send a Bloom filter first. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6929:be zero, in which case the intersection is considered finished after ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:6997:It includes the number of elements of the initiating peer, which is ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7045:divided into an API which is exposed through the header ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7054:to which other GNUnet's subsystem the data belongs. name is the name ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7055:through which value is associated. It uniquely identifies the record ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7089:This function takes the subsystem's name which is trying to use STATISTICS ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7117:about any other system which uses statistics can be retrieved with the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7123:retrieve all available statistics), a continuation callback which is ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7125:callback which is called for each parameter in the retrieved information ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7311:GNUNET_HashCode). Blocks have a type (enum GNUNET_BlockType) which defines ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7335:Which plugin is appropriate is determined by the block type (which is ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7336:just a 32-bit integer). Block plugins contain code that specifies which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7368:again with a different Bloom filter mutator value, which parameterizes ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7414:block library which allows the DHT to run application-specific logic for ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7450:library in the network, which may result in a significant reduction in ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7494:guess the keys under which work would be stored. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7518:a path to the originator of the data, which might then be used for ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7593:a @code{struct GNUNET_DHT_ClientGetStopMessage} which must contain the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7652:information about which peers (may) have already seen this request. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7676:so-called Bloom filter mutator value which together indicate which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7729:implementing a plugin (which mostly needs to convert the binary value ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7788:needs to specify the public key of the GNS zone against which the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7918:@code{gnunet_gnsrecord_plugin.h} API which provides basic functions that ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7928:Which plugin is appropriate is determined by the record type (which is ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:7944:message contains a unique 32-bit identifier, which will be included in the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8007:@c FIXME: Rewrite to reflect display which is no longer content by line ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8029:of priority (which is adjustable). ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8037:which also implements the default DNS provider) as wrappers around ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8041:On W32 GNUnet builds a libw32nsp - a namespace provider, which can then be ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8186:need transformation into a GNS compatible format which, depending on the record ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8302:@code{GNUNET_NAMECACHE_MAX_VALUE_SIZE}, which is defined to be 63 kB. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8310:@code{struct GNUNET_NAMECACHE_Header} which adds a request ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8344:The service responds with a @code{struct BlockCacheResponseMessage} which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8388:for the most recent expiration time during lookup, or by checking which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8443:result of an expensive computation (which, however, is cheap to verify). ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8501:public key, the required number of bits for the proof of work (which in ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8516:The signature can again be saved to disk for later use, which will then ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8539:@code{QueryResponseMessage} which simply contains a bit that says if the ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8546:with a @code{RevocationResponseMessage} which can be used to indicate ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8564:In both cases, the exchanged messages are @code{RevokeMessage}s which ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8633:encodings which were used in GNUnet before version 0.7.0. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8666:GNUnet implements @code{KSBlocks} which are @code{KBlocks} that, instead ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8729:directories which may also be resumed at this point. ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8759:Search results can have an associated download, which is then stored in ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8761:Downloads can be recursive, in which case children are stored in ./doc/handbook/chapters/developer.texi:8889:@item ... @code{matching-timeout} timeout after which to cancel the ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:94:@item which(1) ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:201:switch) which allows using GNS (the GNU name system) in the normal DNS ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:203:location (probably @code{/lib}) which may differ from the installation ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:230:The exact details may differ a bit, which is fine. Add the text ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:245:@code{~/.gnunet/gnunet.conf}. Below you find an example config which ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:315:of lines, all of which should be ``significantly'' above zero (at ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:330:which is connected to the network. Thus, your Personal Computer or ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:439:@file{friends} file, which is simply a plain text file with one line ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:481:Additionally you have to specify which server you want to use. ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:506:included. These lists are persistent, which means that they are saved to ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:518:Furthermore you can specify in which file the lists are saved. ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:655:the datastore, you need to specify which database GNUnet should use to do ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:731:which should be pretty harmless. ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:891:Furthermore, you need to specify which database backend should be used to ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:929:(which may be possible depending on the size of the GNUnet network and the ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:939:The default log level is @code{WARNING} which causes anything of ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:956:which the configuration does contain a service-specific @code{OPTIONS} ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:959:@code{GLOBAL_POSTFIX} can contain the special sequence "@{@}" which ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1008:The first setting specifies which transport plugins to load. ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1523:proxy which @code{gnunet-gns-proxy} makes available by default on port ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1652:which is either only valid for the LEHO domain or might match a TLSA ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1662:speaks GNS, which will enable server operators to deliver GNS-enabled web ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1753:entire zone, which depends on the server configuration. ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1800:However, what you always have to specify is which IP protocol you want ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1847:You then get to specify which exit functions you want to provide. By ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1916:behind a router performing Network Address Translation (NAT) which assigns ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1939:manually" option, which corresponds to the "PUNCHED_NAT" option in the ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1941:configured to support UPnP, which allows GNUnet to automatically ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1956:you should enter that name under "External (public) IPv4 address" (which ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:1959:IP address automatically (which may fail, in which case autonomous ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:2005:It defaults to @code{$HOME/}, which again should work for most users. ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:2108:Then, you create a configuration file @file{/etc/gnunet.conf} which should ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:2129:account from which you want to access GNUnet. First, grant the normal user ./doc/handbook/chapters/installation.texi:2304:to the user "gnunet" (not the group!), which means that only ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:35:(using HKDF) which are then used to encrypt the communication between the ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:46:@c which are not common knowledge. MITM is not common knowledge. To be ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:49:@c sources which might not be available or accessible to everyone. ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:51:@c that we could then reference in each chapter, which sound like it ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:76:GNUnet can also use other transports (HTTP, HTTPS, WLAN, etc.) which use ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:176:The default anonymity level is @code{1}, which uses anonymous routing but ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:205:from one node, the adversary can not tell which ones originate from that ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:206:node and which ones were routed. ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:236:intermediaries can find out which queries or which content they are ./doc/handbook/chapters/keyconcepts.texi:263:for each peer. The identity for a peer is simply its public key, which is ./doc/handbook/chapters/philosophy.texi:41:@item GNUnet must inform the user which other participants have to be trusted when establishing private communications. ./doc/handbook/chapters/preface.texi:33:on a solution to describe the explanations found there which fits our ./doc/handbook/chapters/preface.texi:52:They are followed by chapters which need more work: ./doc/handbook/chapters/preface.texi:67:and one word at a time we will arrive at a book which explains GNUnet in ./doc/handbook/chapters/preface.texi:107:for meta data extraction which has been used by a few other projects ./doc/handbook/chapters/vocabulary.texi:11:which are listed in this introductionary chapter. ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:35:you this License which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:59:released a new version of the Affero GPL which permits relicensing under ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:121:packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:123:Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:127:(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:135:programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:136:which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:164:terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:238:works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:239:and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:306:A ``User Product'' is either (1) a ``consumer product'', which means any ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:307:tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:314:in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:330:part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:342:recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:370:for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:493:License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:545:business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:547:work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:589:the part which is the covered work, but the work with which it is combined ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:608:If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions ./doc/handbook/agpl-3.0.texi:659:free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these ./doc/handbook/Makefile.am:18:# we use the include version which is backwards compatible ./doc/handbook/TODO:9:which can be understood without expecting too much background knowledge in every topic. ./doc/handbook/TODO:18:skip to the end, everyone else should: have step-by-step instructions, which will either already ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:27:This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:29:complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:102:XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:110:formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:125:The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:172:a computer-network location from which the general network-using ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:200:(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:350:apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves ./doc/handbook/fdl-1.3.texi:427:specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this ./doc/handbook/Makefile.in:440:# we use the include version which is backwards compatible ./doc/handbook/gnunet.texi:8:@c Set Versions which might be used in more than one place: ./doc/handbook/gnunet.texi:40:@c which is more up to date than others, refrain ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:62:individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:135:packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:137:Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:141:(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:149:programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:150:which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:178:terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:252:works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:253:and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:320:A ``User Product'' is either (1) a ``consumer product'', which means any ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:321:tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:328:in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:344:part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:356:recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:384:for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:507:License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:559:business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:561:work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:592:License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:613:If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions ./doc/handbook/gpl-3.0.texi:664:free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these ./doc/handbook/Makefile:440:# we use the include version which is backwards compatible Binary file ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-1 matches ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:37:function `GNUNET_TESTBED_overlay_connect()' which connects any given ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:113:to be set to the maximum number of peers which can connect to a peer ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:130:details about the hosts which testbed can use for deploying peers. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:186:which is reached is deemed as crossed after all the peers waiting on it ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:194: which has been initialized before ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:220:which are started by testbed as this function tries to access the local ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:221:barrier service which is part of the testbed controller service. Calling ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:256:`GNUNET_MESSAGE_TYPE_TESTBED_BARRIER_CANCEL' message which causes ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:260:binary `gnunet-service-testbed' which already has the testbed ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:364:It will also try to install the latest version of zope.interface which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:398: * a tasklist which can be executed with gplmt to setup the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:607:amounts of log data, which is inconvenient when one tries to hunt down a ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:680: specially formatted *logging definition* string, which looks like ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:693: field might contain one non-negative number, in which case it ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:694: matches only one line, or a range "from_line-to_line", in which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:707: automatically replaced with a ".*" regular expression, which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:708: matches anything. Matching is done in the default way, which means ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:740:the process (which is usually done soon after it starts). ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:803:definition, as opposed to earlier examples, which use the shell). ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:814:(which is the default) using the "-log-file=logfile" or "-l logfile" ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:820:curly brace) sequence, which will be replaced by ARM with the name of ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:988: Please note `GNUNET_NETWORK_STRUCT_BEGIN' and `GNUNET_PACKED' which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1057:`GNUNET_CLIENT_MessageHandler' type, which is used to process the reply ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1090:which function should be called when a particular type of message is ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1118:callback function, which is called to process the specified message ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1120:for the callback function, which is set to `NULL' in most cases, and ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1245:Order, for example, we store a integer in the RAM which might occupies ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1480:configuration file, which are not found in the server API. The dual to ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1481:the service/server API is the client API, which can be used to access ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1496:which sections in the configuration file should be used to configure the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1619:also only work if the key is actually stored in the entry (which is the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1620:case most of the time) and if the entry does not modify the key (which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1690:The new multi hash map code was committed in SVN 24319 (which made its ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1746: Passing "ALIST" as the first argument to MDLL specifies which of the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1785: managed by the functions in "gnunet-service-arm.c" which is ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1816:be used (see GNUNET_PREFIX/share/gnunet/defaults.conf which is created ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1822:PORT Port number on which the service is listening for incoming TCP ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1826:HOSTNAME Specifies on which host the service is deployed. Note ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1830: implementation to determine which system to connect to. The ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1913:services. ARM needs to know which of the running services died. Function ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1917:which service has died (crashed). For all crashing services, ARM ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1933: time which is initially set to 1ms. ARM will double the backoff ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:1940: time (which became 2ms), and doubles its backoff time (now ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2016:section, we refer to transport-level PING and PONG messages, which are ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2047:Alice knows which address was used for sure (Alice may be behind NAT, so ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2158:encapsulated in a DV message which contains information about the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2251: * SMTP uses E-mail addresses which are independent of a specific IP, ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2252: which can be useful to address peers that use dynamic IP addresses. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2273:advertisement contains a filter which is placed in the E-mail header, ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2289:whichever filter you like, but you should make sure that it does not ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2361:Computer Science configuration which includes filters for spam. We also ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2456:will be able to see a notification at the end which will warn you if ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2463:_MinGW_/_MSys2_ installation with a lot of extra packages which are ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2478:single argument, which represents the interface name and is specified ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2492: * it finds an available port number and registers a SDP service which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2493: will be used to find out on which port number is the server ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2513: Well there are many ways in which things could go wrong but I will ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2539: * `hcitool' : another useful tool which can be used to configure the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2571: On Windows, you cannot specify which device to use. The only thing ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2584: * create two different file configuration (one which will use the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2585: first interface (_hci0_) and the other which will use the second ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2618:application which will use the GNUnet framework with the Bluetooth ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2683: * it creates a RFCOMM socket which will be used for listening and ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2704: other devices to get the port on which this device is ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2720:_write_std_). The first message which is send is a control message with ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2746:descriptor. After the select function returns, we check which file ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2753: To find out on which port a device is listening on we connect to the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2783: list for a new device which I'm not connected to. If there is no ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2818:For Windows I decided to use the Microsoft Bluetooth stack which has the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2823:discoverable mode. Also there are no tools which could be used for ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2825:Bluetooth device, which obviously hindered my work. Another thing that ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2836: Sockets, creates a RFCOMM socket which will be binded and switched ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2839: * an easy way which works with very simple service records ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2841: * a hard way which is useful when you need to update or to ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2844: Since I only needed the SDP service to find out on which port the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2876: program which emulates the plugin and uses the helper. It will ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2889:This section documents how the wlan transport plugin works. Parts which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2900:in GNUnet is to decide on which address (and thus transport plugin) ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2914:(currently three) different allocation strategies which differ ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:2926:on the TRANSPORT subsystem which provides for the actual, insecure, ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3008:between TRANSPORT-level connections (which enable communication with ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3046:CORE are notified about which peers are connected. Creating new "direct" ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3056:peer. The rate at which each connection operates is influenced by the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3089:configuration file with a different private key, which would result in ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3120:`InitMessage' which specifies options for the connection and a set of ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3121:message type values which are supported by the application. The options ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3122:bitmask specifies which events the client would like to be notified ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3144:`InitReplyMessage' which contains the peer's identity. Afterwards, both ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3172:transmission slot by sending a `SendMessageRequest' which specifies the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3179:which then superceeds the previous `SendMessageRequest', which is then ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3180:no longer valid. The client can tell which `SendMessageRequest' the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3206:`EphemeralKeyMessage' with its long-term key (which we usually call the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3213:`REKEY_FREQUENCY', which is usually 12 hours. After that time, it will ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3224:reflect the current sender_status, which specifies the current state of ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3259:`PingMessage' respond with an (encrypted) `PongMessage' which includes ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3271:cryptographic primitives, which are in `util/crypto*.c'). Given the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3282:remembers the largest observed sequence number and a bit-mask which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3283:represents which of the previous 32 sequence numbers were already used. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3300:determine which (encrypted) connections should be shown to which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3337:on the CORE subsystem which provides for the link-layer communication ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3409:The function returns a handle which has to be used for any further ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3414:given are the remote peer's identity (it public key) and a port, which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3415:specifies which application on the remote peer to connect to, similar to ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3425:channel on which the message should be sent and the size of the message ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3441:`GNUNET_CADET_notify_transmit_ready_cancel', which uses the handle ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3517:from impersonating a large number of participants, which would ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3637:over them, giving a result of which usually has one bit of uncertainty ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3715: 2^10 = 1024 peers. (The range in which we can be 95% sure is: ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3721: 2^22 = 4 Million peers. (The range in which we can be 99.7% sure ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3767:(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sybil_attack), and the public key, which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3780: it has a better message in the "next round" slot which came early ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3800: message stored in the "previous round slot", which may then be ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3804: stored in the "next round slot", which again may then be updated ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3831: * the HOSTLIST daemon covered in this section, which is particularly ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3877:(based on GNU libmicrohttpd) which provides a list of HELLOs known to ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:3879:client (based on libcurl) which can download hostlists from one or more ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4096:data to the callback_download function which stores the data in a ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4112:messages to the client subsystem, which extracts the URL from the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4155:securely. This chapter is about the IDENTITY service, which is about ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4169:associated with an ego. Egos can also be deleted, which means that the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4221: **' context argument will be provided which gives the client the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4275:`GNUNET_IDENTITY_ego_get_anonymous', which returns an ego for the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4327:`RESULT_CODE' message which indicates success or error of the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4333:resolved using a `GET_DEFAULT' message, which includes the name of the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4425:to provide a callback function which will be called with the result of ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4486:example from TRANSPORT service which is in charge of address validation. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4592:HELLO message per peer which will be given to clients. During this ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4761:date is set after which the record is *possibly* deleted by PEERSTORE. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4803:`GNUNET_PEERSTORE_connect' which returns a handle to the newly created ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:4808:be used which requires the record fields and a continuation function ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5012:element depends on the result mode. The callback needs to know which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5108:It includes the number of elements of the initiating peer, which is used ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5109:to decide which side will send a Bloom filter first. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5122:be zero, in which case the intersection is considered finished after ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5190:It includes the number of elements of the initiating peer, which is ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5239:is divided into an API which is exposed through the header ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5248:which other GNUnet's subsystem the data belongs. name is the name ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5249:through which value is associated. It uniquely identifies the record ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5283:function takes the subsystem's name which is trying to use STATISTICS ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5310:about any other system which uses statistics can be retrieved with the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5316:a continuation callback which is called when all of requested ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5317:information is retrieved, an iterator callback which is called for each ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5508:GNUNET_HashCode). Blocks have a type (enum GNUNET_BlockType) which ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5529:appropriate is determined by the block type (which is just a 32-bit ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5530:integer). Block plugins contain code that specifies which block types ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5563:filter mutator value, which parameterizes the hash function that is ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5610:block library which allows the DHT to run application-specific logic for ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5644:the block library in the network, which may result in a significant ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5686:keys under which work would be stored. Naturally, additional protocols ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5712: to construct a path to the originator of the data, which might ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5791:sending a `struct GNUNET_DHT_ClientGetStopMessage' which must contain ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5853:information about which peers (may) have already seen this request. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5878:filter mutator value which together indicate which replies the sender ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5926:number and implementing a plugin (which mostly needs to convert the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:5987: needs to specify the public key of the GNS zone against which the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6124:`gnunet_gnsrecord_plugin.h' API which provides basic functions that are ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6133:determined by the record type (which is just a 32-bit integer). The ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6151:contains a unique 32-bit identifier, which will be included in the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6230:order of priority (which is adjustable). ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6238:mswsock, which also implements the default DNS provider) as wrappers ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6242: On W32 GNUnet builds a libw32nsp - a namespace provider, which can ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6395:need transformation into a GNS compatible format which, depending on ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6520:`GNUNET_NAMECACHE_MAX_VALUE_SIZE', which is defined to be 63 kB. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6529:GNUNET_NAMECACHE_Header' which adds a request ID (32-bit integer) to ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6562:BlockCacheResponseMessage' which contains the result of the operation ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6608:checking which block is more recent during the store operation. ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6663:contain a proof-of-work, the result of an expensive computation (which, ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6724:(which in GNUnet is a network-wide constant) and finally a ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6737:which will then allow performing a revocation even without access to ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6764:`QueryResponseMessage' which simply contains a bit that says if the ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-2:6771:`RevocationResponseMessage' which can be used to indicate that the Binary file ./doc/handbook/gnunet.info-3 matches ./doc/handbook/texinfo_handbook.log:11:./chapters/user.texi:2069:Please note that if the third party has previously accessed the attribute, there is not way in which the system could have prevented the thiry party from storing the data. ./doc/handbook/texinfo_handbook.log:12:./chapters/user.texi:2097:The authorize endpoint is protected using a Cookie which can be obtained through ./doc/handbook/texinfo_handbook.log:29:./chapters/developer.texi:5008:@code{GNUNET_log_setup ()} made by the process (which is usually done soon after ./doc/handbook/texinfo_handbook.log:77:./chapters/philosophy.texi:14109:@item GNUnet must inform the user which other participants have to be trusted when establishing private communications. ./doc/man/gnunet-auto-share.1:64:you use the standard anonymous routing algorithm (which does not explicitly ./doc/man/gnunet-auto-share.1:68:anonymity, which increases the amount of cover traffic your own traffic will ./doc/man/gnunet-conversation.1:30:The default LINE is zero, which should be fine for most users. ./doc/man/gnunet-conversation-test.1:14:check which microphone or speaker were assigned to GNUnet by ./doc/man/gnunet-directory.1:31:they are really small, in which case they may be inlined), just symbolic (links), ./doc/man/gnunet-dns2gns.1:15:\fBgnunet\-dns2gns\fP runs a DNS resolver which delegates requests GNS if ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1:44:However, parallel downloads also take more memory (see also option \-r which ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1:72:possible to specify "DIRNAME.gnd", in which case the files from the ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1:95:1 (default), you use the standard anonymous routing algorithm (which ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1:99:privacy by specifying a higher level of anonymity, which increases the ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1:105:a higher anonymity level, which in this case will determine ./doc/man/gnunet-namestore-fcfsd.1:40:Specifies for which EGO should FCFSD manage the zone. ./doc/man/gnunet-scalarproduct.1:22:Both requests must share the same SID, which can be an arbitrary ./doc/man/gnunet-scalarproduct.1:34:supply a mask for these values to her service, which allows partial ./doc/man/gnunet-scalarproduct.1:53:The session key, a shared string of arbitrary length from which the ./doc/man/gnunet-namestore.1:42:which merely displays the current records) ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:45:A namespace is a subset of the searchspace into which only the holder ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:101:Regardless of which method is used to publish the file, the file will ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:118:information about the time at which a file was made available. ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:143:keywords under which the file can be found. ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:197:Specifies the identifier under which the file is to be published under ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:209:been shared or to add files to a namespace for which the URI is known ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:228:algorithm (which does not explicitly leak your identity). ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1:232:which increases the amount of cover traffic your own traffic will get, ./doc/man/gnunet-revocation.1:45:certificate for instant revocation, in which case the revocation can ./doc/man/gnunet-search.1:21:1 (default), you use the standard anonymous routing algorithm (which ./doc/man/gnunet-search.1:25:privacy by specifying a higher level of anonymity, which increases the ./doc/man/gnunet-search.1:31:a higher anonymity level, which in this case will determine ./doc/man/gnunet-vpn.1:12:Tunnels to an exit node which routes the traffic to the global ./doc/man/gnunet-directory.1.html:60: if they are really small, in which case they may be inlined), just symbolic ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5.in:59:this is to redefine "$GNUNET_HOME", which by default points to "$HOME/.config/". ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5.in:62:gnunet.conf accepts the variable "GNUNET_TMP" which we suggest to use in ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5.in:70: The hostname specifies the machine on which the service is running. ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5:59:this is to redefine "$GNUNET_HOME", which by default points to "$HOME/.config/". ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5:62:gnunet.conf accepts the variable "GNUNET_TMP" which we suggest to use in ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5:70: The hostname specifies the machine on which the service is running. ./doc/man/gnunet-auto-share.1.html:98: you use the standard anonymous routing algorithm (which does not explicitly ./doc/man/gnunet-auto-share.1.html:102: anonymity, which increases the amount of cover traffic your own traffic will ./doc/man/gnunet-conversation.1.html:60: with the conversation service. The default LINE is zero, which should be ./doc/man/gnunet-conversation-test.1.html:37: check which microphone or speaker were assigned to GNUnet by PulseAudio (you ./doc/man/gnunet-dns2gns.1.html:39:gnunet-dns2gns runs a DNS resolver which delegates requests GNS if the ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1.html:77: also option -r which can be used to limit memory utilization) and more ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1.html:106: also possible to specify "DIRNAME.gnd", in which case the files ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1.html:132: standard anonymous routing algorithm (which does not explicitly leak your ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1.html:135: gain better privacy by specifying a higher level of anonymity, which increases ./doc/man/gnunet-download.1.html:140: publishing the data might be sharing with a higher anonymity level, which in ./doc/man/gnunet-namestore-fcfsd.1.html:75:
Specifies for which EGO should FCFSD manage the zone.
./doc/man/gnunet-scalarproduct.1.html:49:Both requests must share the same SID, which can be an arbitrary string ./doc/man/gnunet-scalarproduct.1.html:60: for these values to her service, which allows partial vector products to be ./doc/man/gnunet-scalarproduct.1.html:83:
The session key, a shared string of arbitrary length from which the SID ./doc/man/gnunet-namestore.1.html:84:
Monitor changes to the zone on an ongoing basis (in contrast to -D, which ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:62: which only the holder of a certain pseudonym can add content. Any GNUnet user ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:101: revert to publishing instead). Regardless of which method is used to publish ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:117: information will leak information about the time at which a file was made ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:145: set of keywords under which the file can be found.
./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:198:
Specifies the identifier under which the file is to be published under a ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:210: to a namespace for which the URI is known but the content is not locally ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:230: you use the standard anonymous routing algorithm (which does not explicitly ./doc/man/gnunet-publish.1.html:234: anonymity, which increases the amount of cover traffic your own traffic will ./doc/man/gnunet-revocation.1.html:74: revocation, in which case the revocation can be performed instantly. If ./doc/man/gnunet-search.1.html:45: (default), you use the standard anonymous routing algorithm (which does ./doc/man/gnunet-search.1.html:49: higher level of anonymity, which increases the amount of cover traffic ./doc/man/gnunet-search.1.html:54: might be sharing with a higher anonymity level, which in this case will ./doc/man/gnunet-vpn.1.html:35: network. There are two main types of tunnels. Tunnels to an exit node which ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5.html:88: "$GNUNET_HOME", which by default points to ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5.html:91: variable "GNUNET_TMP" which we suggest to use in place of the ./doc/man/gnunet.conf.5.html:106: The hostname specifies the machine on which the service is running. ./doc/system_specific/FROM_SOURCE:254:is a convenient set of scripts which creates a working msys/mingw ./doc/system_specific/FROM_SOURCE:287:Pull a copy of sbuild to a directory of your choice, which will be used ./doc/system_specific/FROM_SOURCE:334:/mingw, which will mount your mingw-directory from sbuild/mingw and the ./doc/system_specific/FROM_SOURCE:338:/src which contains all the installation sources sbuild just compiled. ./doc/system_specific/FROM_SOURCE:363:Depending on which features your would like to build or you may need to ./doc/system_specific/FROM_SOURCE:915:This file covers old instructions which no longer receive security ./doc/system_specific/FROM_SOURCE:1212:This batch file opens a shell which is used to invoke the build ./doc/system_specific/outdated-and-old-installation-instructions.txt:231: then change the directory into which it was checked out, e.g.@ ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:27:This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:29:complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:102:XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:110:formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:125:The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:172:a computer-network location from which the general network-using ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:200:(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:350:apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves ./doc/tutorial/fdl-1.3.texi:427:specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:171:"gnunet" git repository which, since the change from SVN to git in 2016, ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:175:The resulting directory will be renamed to @file{gnunet}, which we will ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:224:This is required for obtaining the repository, which is achieved with ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:318:$ which gnunet-arm ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:330:$ which gnunet-arm ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:661:which should give you the other peer's peer identity: ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:685:This function takes a configuration file which will be used as a ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:738:In functions which support completion notification ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:744:documentation shows which event are to be expected in the ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:810:following parts which will be discussed in detail in the remainder ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:858:file name that was used, which is typically not needed): ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:893:application-specific logic, which typically involves initializing and ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:941:which can to used henceforth to transmit messages to the service. ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:944:Here is where you will define which messages you expect to ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:945:receive from the service, and which functions handle them. ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:1120:@code{connects} callback, which communicates the identity of the new ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:1230:@code{GNUNET_PEERSTORE_STOREOPTION_MULTIPLE} which means that multiple ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:1233:which means that PEERSTORE will replace any existing values under the ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:1418:a @code{GNUNET\_BLOCK\_EvaluationResult}, which is an enumeration. All ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:1457:an initialization function which should initialize the plugin. The ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.texi:1553:core dumps with @command{gdb}, which is often the fastest method to ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:138:which, since the change from SVN to git in 2016, has mandatory signed ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:142:resulting directory will be renamed to `gnunet', which we will be using ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:187: This is required for obtaining the repository, which is achieved with ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:274: $ which gnunet-arm ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:283: $ which gnunet-arm ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:571:which should give you the other peer's peer identity: ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:594: This function takes a configuration file which will be used as a ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:738:callbacks". In functions which support completion notification through ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:743:called. The API documentation shows which event are to be expected in ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:812:parts which will be discussed in detail in the remainder of this ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:864:configuration file name that was used, which is typically not needed): ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:940:application-specific logic, which typically involves initializing and ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:999:As a result a `GNUNET\_MQ\_Handle' is returned which can to used ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1002:example above is incomplete. Here is where you will define which ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1003:messages you expect to receive from the service, and which functions ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1260:callback, which communicates the identity of the new peer to the ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1397:`GNUNET_PEERSTORE_STOREOPTION_MULTIPLE' which means that multiple ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1399:key), or `GNUNET_PEERSTORE_STOREOPTION_REPLACE' which means that ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1642:a `GNUNET\_BLOCK\_EvaluationResult', which is an enumeration. All ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1697:an initialization function which should initialize the plugin. The ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1869:dumps with `gdb', which is often the fastest method to find simple ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1900: This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1902: It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1976: XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:1983: works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:2000: which states that this License applies to the Document. These ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:2047: which the general network-using public has access to download ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:2074: previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:2220: License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which ./doc/tutorial/gnunet-tutorial.info:2296: can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that ./doc/Makefile:462:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./doc/Makefile.in:462:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./doc/release_policy.rfc.txt:154:(who does what within which time frame?) ./doc/texinfo_handbook.log:11:./chapters/user.texi:2069:Please note that if the third party has previously accessed the attribute, there is not way in which the system could have prevented the thiry party from storing the data. ./doc/texinfo_handbook.log:12:./chapters/user.texi:2097:The authorize endpoint is protected using a Cookie which can be obtained through ./doc/texinfo_handbook.log:29:./chapters/developer.texi:5008:@code{GNUNET_log_setup ()} made by the process (which is usually done soon after ./doc/texinfo_handbook.log:77:./chapters/philosophy.texi:14109:@item GNUnet must inform the user which other participants have to be trusted when establishing private communications. ./m4/absolute-header.m4:16:# The three "///" are to pacify Sun C 5.8, which otherwise would say ./m4/ax_lib_postgresql.m4:14:# AX_LIB_POSTGRESQL macro takes only one argument which is optional. If ./m4/intlmacosx.m4:7:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/intlmacosx.m4:9:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/gettext.m4:7:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/gettext.m4:9:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/glib-gettext.m4:11:# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License ./m4/glib-gettext.m4:12:# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. ./m4/glib-gettext.m4:305: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./m4/glib-gettext.m4:336: dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will ./m4/intl.m4:7:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/intl.m4:9:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/intl.m4:125: dnl On mingw and Cygwin, we can activate special Makefile rules which add ./m4/intldir.m4:7:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/intldir.m4:9:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/lcmessage.m4:8:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/lcmessage.m4:10:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/lib-ld.m4:40: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./m4/lib-ld.m4:56: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ./m4/lib-prefix.m4:120:dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and ./m4/lib-prefix.m4:174: dnl $prefix/lib/64 (which is a symlink to either $prefix/lib/sparcv9 or ./m4/libtool.m4:128:# but that macro is also expanded into generated libtool script, which ./m4/libtool.m4:223:# which needs '.lib'). ./m4/libtool.m4:694:# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept ./m4/libtool.m4:2243:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./m4/libtool.m4:2425: # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used ./m4/libtool.m4:2829: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./m4/libtool.m4:2865: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./m4/libtool.m4:2870: # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are ./m4/libtool.m4:3260: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./m4/libtool.m4:3678: # Adding the 'sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: ./m4/libtool.m4:3776: # decide which one to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL ./m4/libtool.m4:4014: # which start with @ or ?. ./m4/libtool.m4:4349: # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) ./m4/libtool.m4:4371: # old Intel C++ for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./m4/libtool.m4:4689: # old Intel for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./m4/libtool.m4:4722: # which looks to be a dead project) ./m4/libtool.m4:5168: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./m4/libtool.m4:5305: # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. ./m4/libtool.m4:6009: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./m4/libtool.m4:6011: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./m4/libtool.m4:6895: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./m4/libtool.m4:7333: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./m4/libtool.m4:7335: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./m4/libtool.m4:7431:# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). ./m4/ltoptions.m4:334: AC_MSG_CHECKING([which variant of shared library versioning to provide]) ./m4/ltsugar.m4:37:# Autoconf-2.59, which quotes differently. ./m4/lt~obsolete.m4:16:# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the ./m4/lt~obsolete.m4:25:# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always ./m4/lt~obsolete.m4:33:# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point ./m4/lt~obsolete.m4:34:# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to. ./m4/nls.m4:8:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/nls.m4:10:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/pkg.m4:33:dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's ./m4/po.m4:7:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/po.m4:9:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/po.m4:180: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./m4/po.m4:383: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./m4/progtest.m4:7:dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under ./m4/progtest.m4:9:dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./m4/progtest.m4:21:# Search path for a program which passes the given test. ./m4/progtest.m4:30: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./m4/visibility.m4:13:dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("protected") - which has tricky ./m4/visibility.m4:16:dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("internal") - which has processor ./m4/visibility.m4:18:dnl Does *not* test for #pragma GCC visibility push(hidden) - which is ./pkgconfig/gnunet_config.h.in:642:/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. ./po/Makefile.in.in:5:# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public ./po/Makefile.in.in:6:# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./po/Makefile.in.in:39:# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined ./po/Makefile.in.in:117:# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have ./po/Makefile.in.in:434:# Use @SHELL@, which is the shell determined by autoconf for the use by its ./po/Makefile.in.in:435:# scripts, not $(SHELL) which is hardwired to /bin/sh and may be deficient. ./po/Makevars.template:23:# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report ./po/Makevars.template:25:# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines ./po/Makevars.template:27:# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be ./po/Makevars.template:29:# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or ./po/Makevars.template:36:# which the translators can contact you. ./po/Makevars.template:39:# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the ./po/Makevars:23:# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report ./po/Makevars:25:# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines ./po/Makevars:27:# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be ./po/Makevars:29:# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or ./po/Makevars:36:# which the translators can contact you. ./po/Makevars:39:# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the ./po/de.po.orig:967:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/de.po.orig:3666:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/de.po.orig:4912:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/de.po.orig:5437:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/de.po.orig:5441:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/de.po.orig:6708:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/de.po:961:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/de.po:3656:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/de.po:4898:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/de.po:5470:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/de.po:5474:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/de.po:6503:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/it.po:942:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/it.po:3494:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/it.po:4687:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/it.po:5240:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/it.po:5244:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/it.po:6235:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/es.po:1029:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/es.po:3791:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/es.po:5068:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/es.po:5657:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/es.po:5661:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/es.po:6714:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/es.po:10541:#~ msgid "Rejecting control connection from peer `%s', which is not me!\n" ./po/es.po:12371:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/es.po:12503:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/es.po:12504:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/es.po:12529:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/es.po:12530:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/es.po:12560:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/es.po:13507:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/es.po:13621:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/es.po:13987:#~ "user account and a new group under which the GNUnet service is started at " ./po/es.po:14827:#~ "dependencies, which you can then match by examining other options." ./po/es.po:14841:#~ "·which·you·can·then·match·by·examining·other·options." ./po/es.po.orig:1033:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/es.po.orig:3797:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/es.po.orig:5078:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/es.po.orig:5620:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/es.po.orig:5624:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/es.po.orig:6918:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/es.po.orig:10577:#~ msgid "Rejecting control connection from peer `%s', which is not me!\n" ./po/es.po.orig:12413:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/es.po.orig:12545:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/es.po.orig:12546:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/es.po.orig:12571:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/es.po.orig:12572:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/es.po.orig:12602:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/es.po.orig:13553:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/es.po.orig:13667:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/es.po.orig:14033:#~ "user account and a new group under which the GNUnet service is started at " ./po/es.po.orig:14879:#~ "dependencies, which you can then match by examining other options." ./po/es.po.orig:14893:#~ "·which·you·can·then·match·by·examining·other·options." ./po/fr.po:947:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/fr.po:3500:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/fr.po:4692:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/fr.po:5246:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/fr.po:5250:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/fr.po:6244:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/fr.po.orig:952:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/fr.po.orig:3508:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/fr.po.orig:4704:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/fr.po.orig:5211:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/fr.po.orig:5215:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/fr.po.orig:6433:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/update.pl.in:168: print "\nHere are the files which currently have no i18n strings:\n\n", ./po/sv.po:971:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/sv.po:3688:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/sv.po:4928:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/sv.po:5511:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/sv.po:5515:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/sv.po:6558:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/sv.po:10884:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/sv.po:11492:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/sv.po:11572:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/sv.po.orig:977:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/sv.po.orig:3698:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/sv.po.orig:4942:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/sv.po.orig:5478:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/sv.po.orig:5482:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/sv.po.orig:6765:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/sv.po.orig:10933:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/sv.po.orig:11545:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/sv.po.orig:11625:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/vi.po.orig:986:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/vi.po.orig:3736:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/vi.po.orig:5001:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/vi.po.orig:5528:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/vi.po.orig:5532:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/vi.po.orig:6818:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/vi.po.orig:11248:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/vi.po.orig:11360:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/vi.po.orig:11361:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/vi.po.orig:11382:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/vi.po.orig:11383:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/vi.po.orig:11408:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd be run?" ./po/vi.po.orig:11413:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/vi.po.orig:11434:#~ msgid "As which group should gnunetd be run?" ./po/vi.po.orig:12852:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/vi.po.orig:13064:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/vi.po.orig:13192:#~ "than the frequency with which your IP changes." ./po/vi.po.orig:13206:#~ "internally communicates which hosts are online, it is typically a good " ./po/vi.po.orig:13208:#~ "setting this option, you can specify from which server gnunetd should try " ./po/vi.po.orig:13305:#~ msgid "Specify which system messages should be logged how" ./po/vi.po.orig:13324:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd run?" ./po/vi.po.orig:13489:#~ "peer to peers of which the hostkey has been copied by hand to data/" ./po/vi.po.orig:13525:#~ "dangerous! If in any doubt, set it to YES (which is the default)." ./po/vi.po.orig:13545:#~ "This option specifies which hosts are trusted enough to connect as " ./po/vi.po.orig:13629:#~ "database, which is relatively simple. Read the file doc/README.mysql or " ./po/vi.po.orig:13697:#~ "Specifies the name of a file which contains a list of GNUnet peer IDs " ./po/vi.po.orig:13820:#~ "gnunet-transport-check with the '-p' option in order to determine which " ./po/vi.po.orig:13904:#~ "the PIPE which is read by gnunetd. Use the FILTER option to filter e-" ./po/vi.po.orig:13917:#~ "You can specify a header line here which can then be used by procmail to " ./po/vi.po.orig:14061:#~ "application which performs a larger download. During that particular " ./po/vi.po.orig:14066:#~ "cap on bandwidth imposed by your ISP, which you would want to ensure is " ./po/vi.po.orig:14134:#~ "For which interfaces should we do accounting? GNUnet will evaluate the " ./po/vi.po.orig:14160:#~ msgid "On which machine and port is gnunetd running (for clients)?" ./po/vi.po.orig:14180:#~ "Specify which additional extractor libraries should be used. gnunet-" ./po/vi.po.orig:14278:#~ "DB is used to determine which files the user is sharing)" ./po/vi.po.orig:14287:#~ msgid "To which directory should gnunet-gtk save downloads to?" ./po/vi.po:980:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/vi.po:3726:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/vi.po:4987:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/vi.po:5561:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/vi.po:5565:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/vi.po:6612:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/vi.po:11196:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/vi.po:11308:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/vi.po:11309:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/vi.po:11330:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/vi.po:11331:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/vi.po:11356:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd be run?" ./po/vi.po:11361:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/vi.po:11382:#~ msgid "As which group should gnunetd be run?" ./po/vi.po:12797:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/vi.po:13009:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/vi.po:13137:#~ "than the frequency with which your IP changes." ./po/vi.po:13151:#~ "internally communicates which hosts are online, it is typically a good " ./po/vi.po:13153:#~ "setting this option, you can specify from which server gnunetd should try " ./po/vi.po:13250:#~ msgid "Specify which system messages should be logged how" ./po/vi.po:13269:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd run?" ./po/vi.po:13434:#~ "peer to peers of which the hostkey has been copied by hand to data/" ./po/vi.po:13470:#~ "dangerous! If in any doubt, set it to YES (which is the default)." ./po/vi.po:13490:#~ "This option specifies which hosts are trusted enough to connect as " ./po/vi.po:13574:#~ "database, which is relatively simple. Read the file doc/README.mysql or " ./po/vi.po:13642:#~ "Specifies the name of a file which contains a list of GNUnet peer IDs " ./po/vi.po:13765:#~ "gnunet-transport-check with the '-p' option in order to determine which " ./po/vi.po:13849:#~ "the PIPE which is read by gnunetd. Use the FILTER option to filter e-" ./po/vi.po:13862:#~ "You can specify a header line here which can then be used by procmail to " ./po/vi.po:14006:#~ "application which performs a larger download. During that particular " ./po/vi.po:14011:#~ "cap on bandwidth imposed by your ISP, which you would want to ensure is " ./po/vi.po:14079:#~ "For which interfaces should we do accounting? GNUnet will evaluate the " ./po/vi.po:14105:#~ msgid "On which machine and port is gnunetd running (for clients)?" ./po/vi.po:14125:#~ "Specify which additional extractor libraries should be used. gnunet-" ./po/vi.po:14223:#~ "DB is used to determine which files the user is sharing)" ./po/vi.po:14232:#~ msgid "To which directory should gnunet-gtk save downloads to?" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:968:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:3573:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:4788:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:5312:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:5316:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:6575:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:10213:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:10214:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:10234:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:10235:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:10259:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd be run?" ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:10265:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/zh_CN.po.orig:10285:#~ msgid "As which group should gnunetd be run?" ./po/zh_CN.po:962:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/zh_CN.po:3563:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/zh_CN.po:4774:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/zh_CN.po:5345:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/zh_CN.po:5349:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/zh_CN.po:6369:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/zh_CN.po:10161:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/zh_CN.po:10162:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/zh_CN.po:10182:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/zh_CN.po:10183:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/zh_CN.po:10207:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd be run?" ./po/zh_CN.po:10213:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/zh_CN.po:10233:#~ msgid "As which group should gnunetd be run?" ./po/Makefile.in:5:# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public ./po/Makefile.in:6:# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./po/Makefile.in:39:# In automake >= 1.10, $(MKDIR_P) is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined ./po/Makefile.in:117:# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have ./po/Makefile.in:434:# Use /bin/sh, which is the shell determined by autoconf for the use by its ./po/Makefile.in:435:# scripts, not $(SHELL) which is hardwired to /bin/sh and may be deficient. ./po/zh_CN.po~:968:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/zh_CN.po~:3573:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/zh_CN.po~:4788:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/zh_CN.po~:5312:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/zh_CN.po~:5316:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/zh_CN.po~:6575:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/zh_CN.po~:10213:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/zh_CN.po~:10214:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/zh_CN.po~:10234:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/zh_CN.po~:10235:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/zh_CN.po~:10259:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd be run?" ./po/zh_CN.po~:10265:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/zh_CN.po~:10285:#~ msgid "As which group should gnunetd be run?" ./po/Makefile:5:# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public ./po/Makefile:6:# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext ./po/Makefile:39:# In automake >= 1.10, $(MKDIR_P) is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined ./po/Makefile:632:# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report ./po/Makefile:634:# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines ./po/Makefile:636:# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be ./po/Makefile:638:# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or ./po/Makefile:645:# which the translators can contact you. ./po/Makefile:648:# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the ./po/Makefile:688:# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have ./po/Makefile:1005:# Use /bin/sh, which is the shell determined by autoconf for the use by its ./po/Makefile:1006:# scripts, not $(SHELL) which is hardwired to /bin/sh and may be deficient. ./po/vi.po~:986:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/vi.po~:3736:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/vi.po~:5001:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/vi.po~:5528:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/vi.po~:5532:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/vi.po~:6818:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/vi.po~:11248:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/vi.po~:11360:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/vi.po~:11361:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/vi.po~:11382:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/vi.po~:11383:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/vi.po~:11408:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd be run?" ./po/vi.po~:11413:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/vi.po~:11434:#~ msgid "As which group should gnunetd be run?" ./po/vi.po~:12852:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/vi.po~:13064:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/vi.po~:13192:#~ "than the frequency with which your IP changes." ./po/vi.po~:13206:#~ "internally communicates which hosts are online, it is typically a good " ./po/vi.po~:13208:#~ "setting this option, you can specify from which server gnunetd should try " ./po/vi.po~:13305:#~ msgid "Specify which system messages should be logged how" ./po/vi.po~:13324:#~ msgid "As which user should gnunetd run?" ./po/vi.po~:13489:#~ "peer to peers of which the hostkey has been copied by hand to data/" ./po/vi.po~:13525:#~ "dangerous! If in any doubt, set it to YES (which is the default)." ./po/vi.po~:13545:#~ "This option specifies which hosts are trusted enough to connect as " ./po/vi.po~:13629:#~ "database, which is relatively simple. Read the file doc/README.mysql or " ./po/vi.po~:13697:#~ "Specifies the name of a file which contains a list of GNUnet peer IDs " ./po/vi.po~:13820:#~ "gnunet-transport-check with the '-p' option in order to determine which " ./po/vi.po~:13904:#~ "the PIPE which is read by gnunetd. Use the FILTER option to filter e-" ./po/vi.po~:13917:#~ "You can specify a header line here which can then be used by procmail to " ./po/vi.po~:14061:#~ "application which performs a larger download. During that particular " ./po/vi.po~:14066:#~ "cap on bandwidth imposed by your ISP, which you would want to ensure is " ./po/vi.po~:14134:#~ "For which interfaces should we do accounting? GNUnet will evaluate the " ./po/vi.po~:14160:#~ msgid "On which machine and port is gnunetd running (for clients)?" ./po/vi.po~:14180:#~ "Specify which additional extractor libraries should be used. gnunet-" ./po/vi.po~:14278:#~ "DB is used to determine which files the user is sharing)" ./po/vi.po~:14287:#~ msgid "To which directory should gnunet-gtk save downloads to?" ./po/gnunet.pot:961:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/gnunet.pot:3484:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/gnunet.pot:4679:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/gnunet.pot:5232:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/gnunet.pot:5236:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/gnunet.pot:6443:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/de.po~:967:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/de.po~:3666:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/de.po~:4912:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/de.po~:5437:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/de.po~:5441:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/de.po~:6708:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/sv.po~:977:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/sv.po~:3698:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/sv.po~:4942:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/sv.po~:5478:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/sv.po~:5482:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/sv.po~:6765:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/sv.po~:10933:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/sv.po~:11545:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/sv.po~:11625:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/es.po~:1033:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/es.po~:3797:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/es.po~:5078:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/es.po~:5620:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/es.po~:5624:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/es.po~:6918:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/es.po~:10577:#~ msgid "Rejecting control connection from peer `%s', which is not me!\n" ./po/es.po~:12413:#~ msgid "Received `%s' message from `%s' destined for `%s' which is not me!\n" ./po/es.po~:12545:#~ "The \"upstream\" is the data channel through which data is *sent* to the " ./po/es.po~:12546:#~ "internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is allowed to use. " ./po/es.po~:12571:#~ "The \"downstream\" is the data channel through which data is *received* " ./po/es.po~:12572:#~ "from the internet. The limit is the maximum amount which GNUnet is " ./po/es.po~:12602:#~ "user account under which the GNUnet service is started at system " ./po/es.po~:13553:#~ msgid "specify username as which gnunetd should run" ./po/es.po~:13667:#~ msgid "specify host on which gnunetd is running" ./po/es.po~:14033:#~ "user account and a new group under which the GNUnet service is started at " ./po/es.po~:14879:#~ "dependencies, which you can then match by examining other options." ./po/es.po~:14893:#~ "·which·you·can·then·match·by·examining·other·options." ./po/fr.po~:952:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/fr.po~:3508:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/fr.po~:4704:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/fr.po~:5211:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/fr.po~:5215:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/fr.po~:6433:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./po/it.po~:947:msgid "Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS" ./po/it.po~:3502:msgid "Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n" ./po/it.po~:4699:msgid "You must specify which zone should be accessed\n" ./po/it.po~:5205:msgid "which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to" ./po/it.po~:5209:msgid "which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal" ./po/it.po~:6420:"\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./src/arm/gnunet-service-arm.c:169: * Absolute time at which the process is scheduled to restart in case of death ./src/arm/gnunet-service-arm.c:316: * @param cfg configuration (which specifies the addresses) ./src/arm/gnunet-service-arm.c:780: * @param request_id id of the request in response to which the process is ./src/arm/gnunet-service-arm.c:1021: * @param name which service entry to look up ./src/arm/#mockup_service#:21: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/arm/arm.conf.in:33:# ensures that personal data is stored under $HOME, which might ./src/arm/mockup_service:21: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/arm/arm.conf:33:# ensures that personal data is stored under $HOME, which might ./src/arm/gnunet-arm:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/arm/gnunet-service-arm:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/arm/mockup-service:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/ats-tests/gnunet-ats-sim:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/ats-tests/gnunet-solver-eval:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/ats-tool/gnunet-ats:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/ats/ats.h:34: * Flag used to indicate which type of client is connecting ./src/ats/ats.h:486: * Relative time describing for which time interval this feedback is ./src/ats/ats_api_connectivity.c:40: * ID of the peer for which address suggestion was requested. ./src/ats/ats_api_connectivity.c:68: * Map with the identities of all the peers for which we would ./src/ats/ats_api_scheduling.c:740: * which case the call may be ignored or the information may be stored ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats.c:47: * out which type of client it is and notify the respective subsystem. ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_addresses.h:104: * active which is set to GNUNET_YES if the address is select for transport ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_addresses.h:132: * solver which is called when bandwidth assigned to peer has changed ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_addresses.h:216: * for a peer. The prefernce will be given to to the solver with s_pref which ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_connectivity.c:56: * Is the given peer in the list of peers for which we ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_connectivity.c:106: * @param pid peer for which the request was made ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_connectivity.c:157: * Unregister a client (which may have been a connectivity client, ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_connectivity.c:187: * @param pid peer for which the request was made ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_connectivity.h:33: * Is the given peer in the list of peers for which we ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_connectivity.h:68: * Unregister a client (which may have been a connectivity client, ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_normalization.c:101: * @param h which peer are we looking at (ignored) ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_normalization.c:159: * @param key which peer are we looking at (ignored) ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_normalization.c:192: * @param key which peer are we looking at (ignored) ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_performance.c:52: * @param peer peer for which this is an address suggestion ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_performance.c:131: * @param peer peer for which this is an address suggestion ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_performance.h:39: * @param peer peer for which this is an address suggestion ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_plugins.c:76: * @param address the peer for which a property changed ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_preferences.c:43: * By which factor do we age preferences expressed during ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_preferences.c:49: * What is the lowest threshold up to which prefernce values ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_preferences.c:50: * are aged, and below which we consider them zero and thus ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_preferences.c:219: * @param id peer id of the peer for which we should do the update ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_scheduling.c:59: * Unregister a client (which may have been a scheduling client, ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_scheduling.c:78: * @param peer peer for which this is an address suggestion ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_scheduling.h:44: * Unregister a client (which may have been a scheduling client, ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats_scheduling.h:57: * @param peer peer for which this is an address suggestion ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:325: * The address which has to be issued ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:606: * @param state the state from which to take the action ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:806: * @param new_address the address which is to be used ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:1040: * Gets the reward for the last performed step, which is calculated in equal ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:1512: * Task for the scheduler, which performs one step and lets the solver know that ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:1621: * Unblocks an agent for which a connection request is there, that could not ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:1657: * of time, which has passed since the last time-step. ./src/ats/plugin_ats_ril.c:2053: * the reward function approximation. It copies the memory, which is not cut, to the new vector, ./src/ats/test_ats_lib.c:415: * @param i which session number to return ./src/ats/test_ats_lib.c:876: * @param peer for which we suggest an address, NULL if ATS connection died ./src/ats/test_ats_lib.h:191: * For which peer do we expect a suggestion? ./src/ats/test_ats_lib.h:211: * For which peer do we expect the disconnect? ./src/ats/test_ats_lib.h:255: * For which address do we expect information? ./src/ats/test_ats_lib.h:346: * Over which timeframe does the feedback apply? ./src/ats/test_ats_lib.h:416: * For which peer do we reserve bandwidth? ./src/ats/ats_api2_application.c:40: * ID of the peer for which address suggestion was requested. ./src/ats/ats_api2_application.c:73: * Map with the identities of all the peers for which we would ./src/ats/ats_api2_transport.c:57: * #GNUNET_ATS_AllocationCallback for this @e session, which is ./src/ats/ats_api2_transport.c:630: * which case the call may be ignored or the information may be stored ./src/ats/plugin_ats2_simple.c:38: * Base frequency at which we suggest addresses to transport. ./src/ats/plugin_ats2_simple.c:40: * (and randomized) to calculate the actual frequency at which ./src/ats/plugin_ats2_simple.c:665: which is given in bytes/second */ ./src/ats/plugin_ats2_simple.c:965: * @return handle by which the plugin will identify this session ./src/ats/test_ats2_lib.h:190:// * For which peer do we expect a suggestion? ./src/ats/test_ats2_lib.h:210:// * For which peer do we expect the disconnect? ./src/ats/test_ats2_lib.h:254:// * For which address do we expect information? ./src/ats/test_ats2_lib.h:345:// * Over which timeframe does the feedback apply? ./src/ats/test_ats2_lib.h:415:// * For which peer do we reserve bandwidth? ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/ats/gnunet-service-ats-new:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/auction/gnunet-auction-create:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/auction/gnunet-auction-info:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/auction/gnunet-auction-join:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/auction/gnunet-service-auction:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/block/plugin_block_test.c:47: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/block/plugin_block_test.c:48: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/block/bg_bf.c:164: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/block/block.c:281: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/block/block.c:282: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/block/plugin_block_template.c:49: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/block/plugin_block_template.c:50: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/cadet/cadet_api.c:106: * Message Queue for the channel (which we are implementing). ./src/cadet/cadet_api.c:1014: * @param ch Channel on which to send the ACK. ./src/cadet/cadet_api.c:1192: * @param channel The channel handle from which to get the MQ. ./src/cadet/cadet_protocol.h:302: * Encrypted axolotl header with numbers that identify which ./src/cadet/cadet_protocol.h:303: * keys in which ratchet are to be used to decrypt the body. ./src/cadet/cadet_protocol.h:354: * Axolotl-header that specifies which keys to use in which ratchet ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:202: * loopback channel, in which case it has two of these endpoints. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:549: * @param cls Channel for which to send. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:587: * @param cls Channel for which to send. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:631: * @param ch the channel for which the tunnel is now ready ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:651: * @param destination peer to which we should build the channel ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:1062: /* Find which end is left... */ ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:1289: the other end (which is why @a ch is not yet dead). However, ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.c:1501: the case above if "delta" >= 64, which could be the case if ./src/cadet/gnunet-cadet.c:372: * Only called (once) upon reception of data with a message type which was ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet.c:30: * - connection: path which is being used in a tunnel. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet.h:181: * routes are terminated by a `struct CadetConnection`, which knows ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.h:99: * @param destination peer to which we should build the channel ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_channel.h:149: * @param ch the channel for which the tunnel is now ready ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:94: * To which peer does this connection go? ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:427: * We sent a message for which we expect to receive an ACK via ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:725: /* We are currently sending something else back, which ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:726: can only be an ACK or payload, either of which would ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:826: * @param path which path to take (may not be the full path) ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:829: * @param ct which tunnel uses this connection ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:892: * @param path which path to take (may not be the full path) ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:894: * @param ct which tunnel uses this connection ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.c:974: * @param path which path to take (may not be the full path) ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.h:90: * @param path which path to take (may not be the full path) ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.h:93: * @param ct which tunnel uses this connection ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.h:114: * @param path which path to take (may not be the full path) ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.h:116: * @param ct which tunnel uses this connection ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_connection.h:255: * We sent a message for which we expect to receive an ACK via ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_core.c:151: * routes are terminated by a `struct CadetConnection`, which knows ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_core.c:196: * Routes on which this peer is an intermediate. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_core.c:256: * Lower the rung in which @a dir is by 1. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_core.c:346: * @param cid connection identifier, tells us which route to use ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_core.c:760: * @param failure_at neighbour with which we failed to route, ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_core.c:1295: * the private key file directly (which should work if you are ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_dht.c:97: * paths form the initial tunnel, which can be optimized later. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c:95: * at a peer for which we have a shorter way as well are much less ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c:97: * returned value should be used to decide which paths to remember. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c:135: * which ends at the path's offset @a off. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c:163: * Notify @a path that it is no longer used for connection @a cc which ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c:196: * @param stop_at the path length at which to stop trying ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c.orig:95: * at a peer for which we have a shorter way as well are much less ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c.orig:97: * returned value should be used to decide which paths to remember. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c.orig:135: * which ends at the path's offset @a off. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c.orig:163: * Notify @a path that it is no longer used for connection @a cc which ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.c.orig:196: * @param stop_at the path length at which to stop trying ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.h:93: * which ends at the path's offset @a off. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.h:106: * Notify @a path that it is no longer used for connection @a cc which ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.h:137: * at a peer for which we have a shorter way as well are much less ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_paths.h:139: * returned value should be used to decide which paths to remember. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_peer.c:975: * @param cp peer to which the @a path leads to ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_peer.c:1073: * @param cp peer via which the @a connection goes ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_peer.c:1100: * @param cp peer via which the @a connection went ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_peer.h:229: * @param cp peer to which the @a path leads to ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_peer.h:261: * @param cp peer via which the @a connection goes ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_peer.h:272: * @param cp peer via which the @a connection went ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:132: * 32-byte root key which gets updated by DH ratchet. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:410: * Identification of the connection from which we are currently processing ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:568: * Return the peer to which this tunnel goes. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:583: * @param t Tunnel on which to count. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:613: * @param t Tunnel on which to count. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:1335: * @param t tunnel on which to send the KX_AUTH ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:1336: * @param ct Tunnel and connection on which to send the KX_AUTH, NULL if ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:1404: * @param t tunnel on which to send the KX_AUTH ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:1405: * @param ct Tunnel and connection on which to send the KX_AUTH, NULL if ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:1710: * Handle KX message that lacks authentication (and which will thus ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:2856: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:2878: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:2894: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:2929: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:2962: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:3037: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:3074: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:3106: * our message queue (which will do the dispatching). ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c:3440: * @param t Tunnel on which this message is transmitted. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:132: * 32-byte root key which gets updated by DH ratchet. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:410: * Identification of the connection from which we are currently processing ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:568: * Return the peer to which this tunnel goes. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:583: * @param t Tunnel on which to count. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:613: * @param t Tunnel on which to count. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:1335: * @param t tunnel on which to send the KX_AUTH ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:1336: * @param ct Tunnel and connection on which to send the KX_AUTH, NULL if ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:1404: * @param t tunnel on which to send the KX_AUTH ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:1405: * @param ct Tunnel and connection on which to send the KX_AUTH, NULL if ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:1710: * Handle KX message that lacks authentication (and which will thus ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:2856: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:2878: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:2894: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:2929: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:2962: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:3037: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:3074: * @param cls the `struct CadetTunnel` for which we decrypted the message ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:3106: * our message queue (which will do the dispatching). ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.c.orig:3440: * @param t Tunnel on which this message is transmitted. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.h:145: * Return the peer to which this tunnel goes. ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet_tunnels.h:222: * @param t Tunnel on which this message is transmitted. ./src/cadet/test_cadet.c:305: * @param cls Closure (line number from which termination was requested). ./src/cadet/test_cadet.c:371: * @param cls Closure (line number from which termination was requested). ./src/cadet/test_cadet.c:444: * @param cls Closure (line from which the task was scheduled). ./src/cadet/test_cadet.c:521: * @param cls Closure (line from which the task was scheduled). ./src/cadet/test_cadet_flow.c:279: * @param cls Closure (line number from which termination was requested). ./src/cadet/test_cadet_flow.c:351: * @param cls Closure (line from which the task was scheduled). ./src/cadet/gnunet-cadet:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/cadet/gnunet-service-cadet:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/consensus/consensus_api.c:305: * @param deadline deadline after which the conculde callback ./src/consensus/gnunet-consensus-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/consensus/gnunet-service-consensus:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/consensus/gnunet-service-evil-consensus:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/conversation/conversation.h:101: * which active call we are talking about. ./src/conversation/conversation.h:124: * CID, internal caller ID to identify which active call we are ./src/conversation/conversation.h:143: * CID, internal caller ID to identify which active call we are ./src/conversation/conversation.h:162: * CID, internal caller ID to identify which active call we are ./src/conversation/conversation.h:182: * CID, internal caller ID to identify which active call we are ./src/conversation/conversation.h:201: * CID, internal caller ID to identify which active call we are ./src/conversation/conversation_api.c:609: * which line the phone is to be connected to ./src/conversation/conversation_api.c:692: * @param caller handle that identifies which caller should be answered ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-playback.c:142: * It takes several pointers for header values which are needed ./src/conversation/gnunet-conversation.c:174: * Task which handles the commands ./src/conversation/gnunet-conversation.c:472: * Structure which defines a command ./src/conversation/gnunet-conversation.c:966: gettext_noop ("Use `/address' to find out which address this phone should have in GNS")}, ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-playback-gst.c:67: * Appsrc instance into which we write data for the pipeline. ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-record-gst.c:83: * Setting this to 0 forces page flushing, which ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-record-gst.c:90: * Setting this to 0 forces page flushing, which ./src/conversation/gnunet_gst.h:26:// which audiobackend we use Binary file ./src/conversation/.libs/gnunet-conversation matches Binary file ./src/conversation/.libs/gnunet-service-conversation matches ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-record.c:65: * which means that pages NEVER really get to be this big. ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-record.c:110: * This is a hint which helps the encoder's mode selection. ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.c:96: * A `struct Channel` represents a cadet channel, which is a P2P ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.c:98: * be attached the the same `struct Line`, which represents a local ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.c:241: * @param cls the `struct Line` of the client from which the message is ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.c:433: "Received HANGUP for channel %u which is in state %d\n", ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.c:510: "Received SUSPEND for channel %u which is in state %d\n", ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.c:586: "Received RESUME for channel %u which is in state %d\n", ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.c:1258: * @param cls the `struct Line` of the client from which the message is ./src/conversation/gnunet_gst_def.h:178: * Setting this to 0 forces page flushing, which ./src/conversation/gnunet_gst_def.h:185: * Setting this to 0 forces page flushing, which ./src/conversation/Makefile.in:1570:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./src/conversation/Makefile:1570:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./src/conversation/gnunet-conversation-test:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which Binary file ./src/conversation/gnunet-conversation.o matches ./src/conversation/gnunet-conversation:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which Binary file ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation.o matches ./src/conversation/gnunet-service-conversation:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-record:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/conversation/gnunet-helper-audio-playback:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/core/core.h:41: * which events this client cares about. Note that inbound messages ./src/core/core.h:80: * uint16_t type values specifying which messages this ./src/core/gnunet-service-core.c:536: * (which triggered removal of the 'car') and now the client gives us a message ./src/core/gnunet-service-core.c:589: * @param key identity of peer for which this is an active request ./src/core/gnunet-service-core.c:802: * @param options options for checking which clients should ./src/core/gnunet-service-core.c:862: (ACK, queries) which may be cummulative or highly redundant, ./src/core/gnunet-service-core.c:948: * request. All current peers are returned, regardless of which ./src/core/gnunet-service-core.h:157: * @param options options for checking which clients should ./src/core/gnunet-service-core_kx.c:327: * Bit map indicating which of the 32 sequence numbers before the ./src/core/gnunet-service-core_kx.c:2062: * request. All current peers are returned, regardless of which ./src/core/gnunet-service-core_kx.h:92: * request. All current peers are returned, regardless of which ./src/core/gnunet-service-core_typemap.c:23: * @brief management of map that specifies which message types this peer supports ./src/core/gnunet-service-core_typemap.c:36: * A type map describing which messages a given neighbour is able ./src/core/gnunet-service-core_typemap.h:23: * @brief management of map that specifies which message types this peer supports ./src/core/gnunet-service-core_typemap.h:33: * Map specifying which message types a peer supports. ./src/core/gnunet-core:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/core/gnunet-service-core:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/credential/Makefile.am:23:# /usr/lib - compiles a layer which can be used to be communicagte with the service ./src/credential/test_credential_collect_rest.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_collect_rest.sh:25:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/credential/test_credential_collect.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_collect.sh:23:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/credential/Makefile.in:676:# /usr/lib - compiles a layer which can be used to be communicagte with the service ./src/credential/Makefile:676:# /usr/lib - compiles a layer which can be used to be communicagte with the service ./src/credential/test_credential_issue.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_issue.sh:23:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/credential/test_credential_issue_rest.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_issue_rest.sh:23:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/credential/test_credential_verify.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_verify.sh:25:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/credential/test_credential_verify_and.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_verify_and.sh:25:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/credential/test_credential_verify_rest.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_verify_rest.sh:25:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/credential/test_credential_verify_simple.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/credential/test_credential_verify_simple.sh:21:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/curl/curl.c:44: * @param function which function failed to run ./src/datacache/datacache.c:332: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datacache/plugin_datacache_heap.c:95: * How close is the hash to us? Determines which heap we are in! ./src/datacache/plugin_datacache_heap.c:344: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datacache/plugin_datacache_postgres.c:301: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datacache/plugin_datacache_sqlite.c:231: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datacache/plugin_datacache_template.c:79: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datastore/datastore_api.c:289: * @param qe `struct GNUNET_DATASTORE_QueueEntry` about which the error is ./src/datastore/datastore_api.c:530: * @param expected_type which type of response do we expect, ./src/datastore/datastore_api.c:1104: * Signal that all of the data for which a reservation was made has ./src/datastore/datastore.h:122: * UID at which to start the search ./src/datastore/datastore.h:156: * UID at which to start the search ./src/datastore/datastore.h:185: * UID at which to start the search ./src/datastore/datastore.h:243: * can be zero for remove (which indicates that ./src/datastore/datastore.h:255: * Key under which the item can be found. ./src/datastore/gnunet-service-datastore.c:57: * Name under which we store current space consumption. ./src/datastore/gnunet-datastore.c:66: * Key under which the item can be found. ./src/datastore/perf_datastore_api.c:586: * Entry point into the test. Determines which configuration / plugin ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_mysql.c:446: * values (which must be in particular positions). ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_mysql.c:541: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_mysql.c:624: * @param type entries of which type should be considered? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_heap.c:489: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_heap.c:638: * @param type entries of which type should be considered? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_postgres.c:487: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_postgres.c:552: * @param type entries of which type should be considered? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_sqlite.c:846: * @param type entries of which type should be considered? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_sqlite.c:886: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_template.c:102: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/datastore/plugin_datastore_template.c:162: * @param type entries of which type should be considered? ./src/datastore/test_datastore_api.c:682: * Entry point into the test. Determines which configuration / plugin ./src/datastore/gnunet-datastore:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/datastore/gnunet-service-datastore:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dht/dht.h:40: * Message which indicates the DHT should cancel outstanding ./src/dht/dht.h:113: * request should exclude certain results which are already known. ./src/dht/dht_api.c:303: * Send GET message(s) for indicating which results are already known ./src/dht/dht_api.c:305: * known results, which means we may need mulitple messages to block ./src/dht/dht_api.c:309: * @param transmission_offset_start at which offset should we start? ./src/dht/dht_api.c:1124: * @param get_handle get operation for which results should be filtered ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_clients.c:1364: * @param key Key under which data is to be stored. ./src/dht/gnunet-dht-monitor.c:204: * @param key Key under which data is to be stored. ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht.h:149: * @param key Key under which data is to be stored. ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_clients.c.orig:1364: * @param key Key under which data is to be stored. ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_datacache.c:333: return GNUNET_OK; /* should actually not matter which we return */ ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_datacache.c:425: * @param key the location at which the peer is looking for data that is close ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_datacache.h:146: * @param key the location at which the peer is looking for data that is close ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_neighbours.c:1985: * @param cls the `struct PeerInfo` for which this is a reply ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_routing.c:187: /* key may not match HELLO, which is OK since ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht_routing.c:313: 'process' will call GNUNET_BLOCK_evaluate' which treats a 'NULL' ./src/dht/gnunet_dht_profiler.c:41: * Number of peers which should perform a PUT out of 100 peers ./src/dht/gnunet_dht_profiler.c:56: * Context for a peer which actively does DHT PUT/GET ./src/dht/gnunet_dht_profiler.c:84: * Context for a peer which actively does DHT PUT/GET ./src/dht/gnunet_dht_profiler.c:858: /* select the peers which actively participate in profiling */ ./src/dht/plugin_block_dht.c:46: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/dht/plugin_block_dht.c:47: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/dht/test_dht_monitor.c:290: * @param key Key under which data is to be stored. ./src/dht/gnunet-dht-monitor:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dht/gnunet-dht-get:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dht/gnunet-dht-put:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dht/gnunet-service-dht:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dht/gnunet-dht-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dns/gnunet-helper-dns.c:38: * rules, which would be dangerous). Traffic coming from the same ./src/dns/gnunet-helper-dns.c:126: * (which is hopefully long enough to not collide); so ./src/dns/gnunet-helper-dns.c:703: * Main function of "gnunet-helper-dns", which opens a VPN tunnel interface, ./src/dns/gnunet-helper-dns.c:947: /* Forward everything from our EGID (which should only be held ./src/dns/gnunet-helper-dns.c:974: unless it is on a link-local IPv6 address, which we cannot support. */ ./src/dns/gnunet-service-dns.c:31: * (which means they will be freshly randomized afterwards). For new ./src/dns/gnunet-service-dns.c:197: * In which phase this this request? ./src/dns/gnunet-service-dns.c:1068: Not sure which is best... */ ./src/dns/plugin_block_dns.c:47: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/dns/plugin_block_dns.c:48: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh:9:if ! which sudo > /dev/null ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh:14:if [ ! -x `which sudo` ] ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh:19:if ! which nslookup > /dev/null ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh:24:if [ ! -x `which nslookup` ] ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh:29:if [ ! -x `which iptables` ] ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh:41: echo "This system seems to use a DNS server on an IPv6 link-local address, which is not supported. Skipping." ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh~:9:if ! which sudo > /dev/null ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh~:14:if [ ! -x `which sudo` ] ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh~:19:if ! which nslookup > /dev/null ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh~:24:if [ ! -x `which nslookup` ] ./src/dns/test_gnunet_dns.sh~:36: echo "This system seems to use a DNS server on an IPv6 link-local address, which is not supported. Skipping." ./src/dns/gnunet-service-dns:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dns/gnunet-dns-monitor:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dns/gnunet-dns-redirector:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/dns/gnunet-zonewalk:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/exit/exit.conf:19:# IPv4 networks to which we are allowed to exit. ./src/exit/exit.conf:23:# IPv6 networks to which we are allowed to exit. ./src/exit/gnunet-helper-exit-windows.c:1582: * Internet Connection Sharing, which introduces a horde of problems ./src/exit/gnunet-daemon-exit.c:31: * - which code should advertise services? the service model is right ./src/exit/gnunet-daemon-exit.c:1258: * this code can determine which AF/protocol is ./src/exit/gnunet-daemon-exit.c:3479: * Figure out which IP versions we should support (and which ./src/exit/gnunet-daemon-exit:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fragmentation/defragmentation.c:89: * When did we receive which fragment? Used to calculate ./src/fragmentation/defragmentation.c:111: * For the current ACK round, which is the first relevant ./src/fs/fs_directory.c:385: * by the uri which must be of type LOC or CHK ./src/fs/fs.h:170: * OS does not support this, in which case the service must do a ./src/fs/fs.h:178: * support this, in which case the service must do a full hash ./src/fs/fs.h:323: * results (which should hence be excluded from what ./src/fs/fs_api.c:1146: * basename of the file (without the path), which must only ./src/fs/fs_api.c:2353: * @param serialization name under which the search was serialized ./src/fs/fs_api.c:2369: * @param serialization name under which the search was serialized ./src/fs/fs_api.c:2757: * @param serialization name under which the search was serialized ./src/fs/fs_api.c:2896: * @param serialization name under which the search was serialized ./src/fs/fs_api.c:3065: * @param master_path which master directory should be scanned ./src/fs/fs_api.h:180: * Keywords start with a '+' if they are mandatory (in which ./src/fs/fs_api.h:182: * space if they are optional (in which case the space is ALSO ./src/fs/fs_api.h:536: * URI to which this search result refers to. ./src/fs/fs_api.h:569: * Name under which this search result is stored on disk. ./src/fs/fs_api.h:574: * Bitmap that specifies precisely which keywords have been matched already. ./src/fs/fs_api.h:606: * Number of mandatory keywords for which we have NOT yet found the ./src/fs/fs_api.h:613: * Number of optional keywords under which this result was also ./src/fs/fs_api.h:1316: * is for the directory which was already processed with the parent. ./src/fs/fs_api.h:1339: * Find out which keywords apply. ./src/fs/fs_api.h:1394: * Keywords found (telling us which KBlocks to remove). ./src/fs/fs_api.h:1409: * Short name under which we are serializing the state of this operation. ./src/fs/fs_api.h:1656: * disk, which may not be what the desired CHK is. If the ./src/fs/fs_file_information.c:36: * Obtain the name under which this file information ./src/fs/fs_file_information.c:91: * @param keywords under which keywords should this file be available ./src/fs/fs_file_information.c:177: * @param keywords under which keywords should this file be available ./src/fs/fs_file_information.c:217: * @param keywords under which keywords should this file be available ./src/fs/fs_file_information.c:282: * @param keywords under which keywords should this directory be available ./src/fs/fs_dirmetascan.c:35: * An opaque structure a pointer to which is returned to the ./src/fs/fs_download.c:74: unsigned int ioff; /* which IBlock corresponds to "off" at depth "i"? */ ./src/fs/fs_download.c:466: maximize the circumstances under which we do succeed with ./src/fs/fs_download.c:1762: * @param offset identifies which block to get ./src/fs/fs_download.c:2017: * can be NULL (in which case we will pick a name if needed); the temporary file ./src/fs/fs_download.c:2018: * may already exist, in which case we will try to use the data that is there and ./src/fs/fs_download.c:2113: * can be NULL (in which case we will pick a name if needed); the temporary file ./src/fs/fs_download.c:2114: * may already exist, in which case we will try to use the data that is there and ./src/fs/fs_download.c:2186: * can be NULL (in which case we will pick a name if needed); the temporary file ./src/fs/fs_download.c:2187: * may already exist, in which case we will try to use the data that is there and ./src/fs/fs_namespace.c:121: * Return the name of the directory in which we store ./src/fs/fs_namespace.c:662: * List all of the identifiers in the namespace for which we could ./src/fs/fs_namespace.c:665: * which can each be linked to other nodes. Cycles are possible. ./src/fs/fs_namespace.c:669: * graph (a root being a node from which all other nodes in the Tree ./src/fs/fs_publish.c:359: * @param offset identifies which block to get ./src/fs/fs_publish.c:1253: * @param pc the publish context of which a file is being suspended ./src/fs/fs_publish_ublock.c:69: * @param ns public key under which the UBlock was stored ./src/fs/fs_publish_ublock.c:70: * @param label label under which the UBlock was stored ./src/fs/fs_publish_ublock.h:42: * @param ns public key under which the UBlock was stored ./src/fs/fs_publish_ublock.h:43: * @param label label under which the UBlock was stored ./src/fs/fs_test_lib.c:611: * @param peer which peer to download from ./src/fs/fs_test_lib.h:81: * @param peer which peer to download from ./src/fs/fs_unindex.c:43: * @param offset identifies which block to get ./src/fs/fs_unindex.c:347: * @param filename which file we are making progress on ./src/fs/fs_tree.c:122: * @param flen file length for which to compute the depth ./src/fs/fs_tree.h:40: * @param flen file length for which to compute the depth ./src/fs/gnunet-auto-share.c:145: * one iteration takes (which influences how fast we schedule ./src/fs/fs_uri.c:855: * as it requires the peer's private key which is generally unavailable ./src/fs/fs_uri.c:1505: * @param index index at which to start filling the array (entries prior ./src/fs/fs_uri.c:1607: * @param index index at which to start filling the array (entries prior ./src/fs/gnunet-daemon-fsprofiler.c:127: * String describing which publishing operations this peer should ./src/fs/gnunet-daemon-fsprofiler.c:146: * String describing which download operations this peer should ./src/fs/gnunet-daemon-fsprofiler.c:151: * used to determine which search result(s) should be used or ignored. ./src/fs/gnunet-daemon-fsprofiler.c:360: * in their meaning on the context in which the callback is used. ./src/fs/gnunet-publish.c:628: * @param filename which file we are making progress on ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs.c:1040: _("Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n"), ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs.c:1218: * directly (which should work if you are authorized...). ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs.c.orig:1046: _("Hash mismatch trying to index file `%s' which does not have hash `%s'\n"), ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs.c.orig:1224: * directly (which should work if you are authorized...). ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs.h:39: * By which amount do we decrement the TTL for simple forwarding / ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cadet_server.c:215: * @param cls closure with the `struct CadetClient` which sent the query ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.c:337: * @param cp which peer to send a message to ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.c:346: * @param cls the `struct GSF_ConnectedPeer` of the peer for which we made the request ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.c:409: * @param cp which peer to send a message to ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.c:471: * @param cls the `struct GSF_ConnectedPeer` of the peer for which we made the request ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.c:956: * @param cp which peer to change the respect value on ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.c:957: * @param value is the int value by which the ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.c:1406: * @param request_time time at which the original query was transmitted ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.h:67: * List of the last clients for which this peer successfully ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.h:73: * List of the last PIDs for which ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.h:82: * which we actually got a reply). Calculated ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.h:95: * Point in time until which this peer does not want us to migrate content ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_cp.h:255: * @param request_time time at which the original query was transmitted ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_pe.c:135: * which incoming requests from other peers this plan entry ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_pe.c:192: * Peer for which this is the plan. ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_pe.c:305: * which satisfies all of the rules above. ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_pr.c:246: * initiator (in which case we may resize to larger than mimimum size). ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_pr.c:249: * @param pr request for which the BF is to be recomputed ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs_push.c:162: * What is the maximum frequency at which we are allowed to ./src/fs/plugin_block_fs.c:44: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/fs/plugin_block_fs.c:45: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group Binary file ./src/fs/.libs/gnunet-service-fs matches ./src/fs/gnunet-auto-share:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-directory:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-download:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-publish:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-search:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-fs:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-unindex:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-helper-fs-publish:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which Binary file ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs.o matches ./src/fs/gnunet-service-fs:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-fs-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/gnunet-daemon-fsprofiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/perf_gnunet_service_fs_p2p:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/perf_gnunet_service_fs_p2p_index:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/fs/perf_gnunet_service_fs_p2p_respect:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/gns/gns.conf.in:21:# we only answer GNS queries via the API (which itself may be ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-benchmark.c:44: * requests, for which we track statistics separately. ./src/gns/openssl.cnf:57:default_md = md5 # which md to use. ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy.c:232: * which skips the authentication step. ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy.c:1331: * @param s5r the request for which we convert the response ./src/gns/gnunet-service-gns_resolver.c:1432: and which expects 'rh' to be in the #rlh_head DLL. */ ./src/gns/gnunet-service-gns_resolver.c:1642: * so this function still needs to check which ones are GNS2DNS). ./src/gns/plugin_block_gns.c:49: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/gns/plugin_block_gns.c:50: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/gns/test_gns_at_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_at_lookup.sh:17:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/test_gns_cname_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_cname_lookup.sh:39:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./src/gns/test_gns_config_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_config_lookup.sh:21:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/test_gns_delegated_lookup.sh:4:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/gns/test_gns_delegated_lookup.sh:6:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_dht_lookup.sh:4:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/gns/test_gns_dht_lookup.sh:6:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_gns2dns_cname_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_gns2dns_cname_lookup.sh:46:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./src/gns/test_gns_gns2dns_lookup.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_gns2dns_lookup.sh:47:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./src/gns/test_gns_ipv6_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_ipv6_lookup.sh:19:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/gns/test_gns_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_lookup.sh:18:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/gns/test_gns_mx_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_mx_lookup.sh:18:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/Makefile.in:1476:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./src/gns/test_gns_quickupdate.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_quickupdate.sh:22:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/test_gns_rel_expiration.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_rel_expiration.sh:11:if [ -z $(which timeout) ] ./src/gns/test_gns_rel_expiration.sh:13: echo "timeout utility not found which is required for test." ./src/gns/test_gns_rel_expiration.sh:28:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/test_gns_revocation.sh:4:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/test_gns_revocation.sh:6:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_soa_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_soa_lookup.sh:17:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/test_gns_txt_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gns_txt_lookup.sh:18:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/gns/test_gns_zkey_lookup.sh:4:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/gns/test_gns_zkey_lookup.sh:6:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/test_gnunet_gns.sh:3:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/gns/Makefile:1476:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./src/gns/gns.conf:21:# we only answer GNS queries via the API (which itself may be ./src/gns/gnunet-gns:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/gns/gnunet-dns2gns:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/gns/gnunet-service-gns:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-benchmark:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy-setup-ca.in:257: if ! which certutil > /dev/null ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy-setup-ca.in:272: if ! which openssl > /dev/null ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy-setup-ca.in:309: if ! which certutil > /dev/null ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy-setup-ca:256: if ! which openssl > /dev/null ./src/gns/gnunet-gns-proxy-setup-ca:293: if ! which certutil > /dev/null ./src/hello/hello.c:194: * If friend only is set to #GNUNET_YES we create a FRIEND_HELLO which ./src/hello/hello.c:516: * addresses in two existing HELLOs (which ./src/hello/hello.c:544: * figure out which addresses are in fact 'new'. ./src/hello/hello.c:714: * Earliest expiration time for which we found a match ./src/hello/hello.c:823: * @param now time to use for deciding which addresses have ./src/hello/gnunet-hello:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/hostlist/gnunet-daemon-hostlist_client.c:115: * used for deciding which hostlist is replaced if MAX_NUMBER_HOSTLISTS in data structure is reached ./src/hostlist/gnunet-daemon-hostlist_client.c:650: "Removing hostlist with URI `%s' which has the worst quality of all (%llu)\n", ./src/hostlist/gnunet-daemon-hostlist.c:96: * followed by the actual url under which the hostlist can be obtained: ./src/hostlist/gnunet-daemon-hostlist_server.c:347: * global #MHD_RequestCompletedCallback (which Binary file ./src/hostlist/.libs/gnunet-daemon-hostlist matches Binary file ./src/hostlist/gnunet_daemon_hostlist-gnunet-daemon-hostlist_client.o matches ./src/hostlist/gnunet-daemon-hostlist:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/identity/gnunet-service-identity.c:77: * Handle to subsystem configuration which for each subsystem contains ./src/identity/gnunet-service-identity.c:116: * @param ego ego for which we need the filename ./src/identity/identity_api.c:655: * @param service_name for which service is an identity wanted ./src/identity/identity_api.c:704: * @param service_name for which service is an identity set ./src/identity/gnunet-identity:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/identity/gnunet-service-identity:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/include/block_fs.h:94: * At which offset should we be able to find ./src/include/gettext.h:30:/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which ./src/include/gnunet_block_group_lib.h:67: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/include/gnunet_ats_service.h:260: * @param peer for which we suggest an address, NULL if ATS connection died ./src/include/gnunet_bandwidth_lib.h:134: * Maximum number of seconds over which bandwidth may "accumulate". ./src/include/gnunet_bandwidth_lib.h:220: * ignored and replaced by #GNUNET_MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE (which is in ./src/include/gnunet_bandwidth_lib.h:244: * ignored and replaced by #GNUNET_MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE (which is in ./src/include/gnunet_block_plugin.h:148: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/include/gnunet_block_plugin.h:149: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/include/gnunet_block_plugin.h:176: * @param group which block group to use for evaluation ./src/include/gnunet_block_lib.h:115: * Block type for a revocation message by which a key is revoked. ./src/include/gnunet_block_lib.h:260: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/include/gnunet_block_lib.h:261: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/include/gnunet_consensus_service.h.orig:107: * Called when an insertion (transmission to consensus service, which ./src/include/gnunet_cadet_service.h:295: * @param channel The channel handle from which to get the MQ. ./src/include/gnunet_common.h:177: * undefined, and then optimize under the assumption n!=0, which ./src/include/gnunet_consensus_service.h:107: * Called when an insertion (transmission to consensus service, which ./src/include/gnunet_container_lib.h:132: * Format in which the extracted meta data is presented. ./src/include/gnunet_container_lib.h:247: * in which case all bits should be considered ./src/include/gnunet_container_lib.h:654: * *target can be NULL, in which case memory is allocated ./src/include/gnunet_container_lib.h:2133: * Cost by which elements in a heap can be ordered. ./src/include/gnunet_container_lib.h:2330: * @param node node for which the cost is to be changed ./src/include/gnunet_constants.h:82: * Until which load do we consider the peer overly idle ./src/include/gnunet_constants.h:83: * (which means that we would like to use more resources).

./src/include/gnunet_constants.h:113: * Size of the `struct EncryptedMessage` of the core (which ./src/include/gnunet_identity_service.h:166: * @param service_name for which service is an identity wanted ./src/include/gnunet_identity_service.h:194: * @param service_name for which service is an identity set ./src/include/gnunet_conversation_service.h:85: * A phone record specifies which peer is hosting a given user and ./src/include/gnunet_conversation_service.h:209: * which line the phone is to be connected to ./src/include/gnunet_conversation_service.h:238: * @param caller handle that identifies which caller should be answered ./src/include/gnunet_core_service.h:120: * the private key file directly (which should work if you are ./src/include/gnunet_core_service.h:241: * message encrypted with their session key (which we got). Key ./src/include/gnunet_core_service.h:331: * expected to track which peers are connected based on the connect/disconnect ./src/include/gnunet_crypto_lib.h:470: * @param buf the data over which we're taking the CRC ./src/include/gnunet_crypto_lib.h:629: * @param enclen number of characters in @a enc (without 0-terminator, which can be missing) ./src/include/gnunet_crypto_lib.h:923: * Find out which of the two GNUNET_CRYPTO_hash codes is closer to target ./src/include/gnunet_crypto_lib.h:2058: * Sign a blinded value, which must be a full domain hash of a message. ./src/include/gnunet_datacache_lib.h:135: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/include/gnunet_datacache_plugin.h:137: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/include/gnunet_hello_lib.h:94: * For which peer is this an address? ./src/include/gnunet_hello_lib.h:205: * followed by the actual network addresses which have ./src/include/gnunet_hello_lib.h:287: * If friend only is set to #GNUNET_YES we create a FRIEND_HELLO which ./src/include/gnunet_hello_lib.h:315: * addresses in two existing HELLOs (which ./src/include/gnunet_hello_lib.h:335: * @param now time to use for deciding which addresses have ./src/include/gnunet_datastore_plugin.h:215: * @param type entries of which type are relevant? ./src/include/gnunet_datastore_plugin.h:289: * @param type entries of which type should be considered? ./src/include/gnunet_datastore_service.h:176: * Signal that all of the data for which a reservation was made has ./src/include/gnunet_dht_service.h:252: * @param get_handle get operation for which results should be filtered ./src/include/gnunet_dht_service.h:340: * @param key Key under which data is to be stored. ./src/include/gnunet_disk_lib.h:311: * @param whence specification to which position the offset parameter relates to ./src/include/gnunet_disk_lib.h:464: * @param end which end of the pipe to close ./src/include/gnunet_disk_lib.h:480: * @param end which end of the pipe to detach ./src/include/gnunet_dns_service.h:75: * resolution, in which case other pre-resolution clients ./src/include/gnunet_dnsparser_lib.h:361: * A domainname which specifies the mailbox of the ./src/include/gnunet_dnsparser_lib.h:435: * Payload of the record (which one of these is valid depends on the 'type'). ./src/include/Makefile.in:690:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:247: * as it requires the peer's private key which is generally unavailable ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1596: * in their meaning on the context in which the callback is used. ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1666: * Settings for publishing a block (which may of course also ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1682: * At which anonymity level should the block be shared? ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1696: * Only used if "CONTENT_PUSHING" is set to YES, in which case we ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1776: * Obtain the name under which this file information ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1817: * @param keywords under which keywords should this file be available ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1843: * @param keywords under which keywords should this file be available ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1898: * @param keywords under which keywords should this file be available ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:1926: * @param keywords under which keywords should this directory be available ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2067: * @param uri URI under which the block is now available, NULL on error ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2239: * List all of the identifiers in the namespace for which we could ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2242: * which can each be linked to other nodes. Cycles are possible. ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2246: * graph (a root being a node from which all other nodes in the Scc ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2388: * search result. Impacts the priority with which the download is ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2416: * can be NULL (in which case we will pick a name if needed); the temporary file ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2417: * may already exist, in which case we will try to use the data that is there and ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2462: * can be NULL (in which case we will pick a name if needed); the temporary file ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2463: * may already exist, in which case we will try to use the data that is there and ./src/include/gnunet_fs_service.h:2697: * @param filename which file we are making progress on ./src/include/gnunet_getopt_lib.h:257: * Allow user to specify a flag (which internally means setting ./src/include/gnunet_gnsrecord_lib.h:183: * which flags should must match (in addition to the type, ./src/include/gnunet_ats_plugin_new.h:158: * @return handle by which the plugin will identify this session ./src/include/gnunet_json_lib.h:122: * @param[out] error_json_name which JSON field was problematic ./src/include/gnunet_json_lib.h:123: * @param[out] which index into @a spec did we encounter an error ./src/include/gnunet_json_lib.h:458: * state in the @a con_cls, which must be cleaned up using ./src/include/Makefile:690:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./src/include/gnunet_mq_lib.h:208: * We received a message for which we have no matching ./src/include/gnunet_mq_lib.h:418: * Defines a static function @a name which takes as a single argument ./src/include/gnunet_mq_lib.h:455: * Defines a static function @a name which takes two arguments and a ./src/include/gnunet_load_lib.h:54: * @param autodecline speed at which this value should automatically ./src/include/gnunet_load_lib.h:64: * Change the value by which the load automatically declines. ./src/include/gnunet_namecache_service.h:30: * Naming information can either be records for which this peer/user is ./src/include/gnunet_namecache_service.h:31: * authoritative, or blocks which are cached, encrypted naming data from other ./src/include/gnunet_namestore_plugin.h:78: * Store a record in the datastore for which we are the authority. ./src/include/gnunet_namestore_plugin.h:96: * Lookup records in the datastore for which we are the authority. ./src/include/gnunet_namestore_service.h:30: * Naming information can either be records for which this peer/user is ./src/include/gnunet_namestore_service.h:31: * authoritative, or blocks which are cached, encrypted naming data from other ./src/include/gnunet_nat_service.h:45: * classes to filter addresses by which domain they make ./src/include/gnunet_nat_service.h:62: * (i.e. incoming which we cannot use elsewhere). ./src/include/gnunet_nat_service.h:140: * Error Types for the NAT subsystem (which can then later be converted/resolved to a string) ./src/include/gnunet_nat_service.h:323: * addr to specify to which of the local host's addresses should the ./src/include/gnunet_nat_service.h:415: * @param sender_addr address from which we got @a data ./src/include/gnunet_nc_lib.h:41: * which case we disconnect these subscribers). Essentially, all ./src/include/gnunet_os_lib.h:65: * Flags that determine which of the standard streams ./src/include/gnunet_os_lib.h:245: * the location from which default configuration files are loaded ./src/include/gnunet_os_lib.h:493: * except that the filename and arguments can have whole strings which contain ./src/include/gnunet_peerinfo_service.h:176: * messages which are intended for friend to friend mode and which do not ./src/include/gnunet_peerstore_plugin.h:67: * @param expiry absolute time after which the record is (possibly) deleted ./src/include/gnunet_peerstore_service.h:112: * Client from which this record originated. ./src/include/gnunet_peerstore_service.h:176: * @param expiry absolute time after which the entry is (possibly) deleted ./src/include/gnunet_pq_lib.h:529: * which may return multiple results in @a connection using the given ./src/include/gnunet_pq_lib.h:552: * which must return a single result in @a connection using the given ./src/include/gnunet_pq_lib.h:553: * @a params. Stores the result (if any) in @a rs, which the caller ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:1488: * Message which contains the configuration of slave controller ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:1692: * Tell the other peer which hashes match a ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2122:/** S<--C: PSYC message which contains one or more message parts. */ ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2125:/** M<->S<->C: PSYC message which contains a header and one or more message parts. */ ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2498: * Message which contains the immediate predecessor of requested successor ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2503: * Message which contains the get result. ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2583: * Message which contains the get query ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2588: * Message which contains the "put", a response to ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2594: * Message which contains the get result, a response ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:2622: * RPS PULL REPLY message which contains the view of the other peer ./src/include/gnunet_protocols.h:3087: * Message sent to indicate to the transport which address ./src/include/gnunet_transport_hello_service.h:57: * classes to filter addresses by which domain they make ./src/include/gnunet_transport_hello_service.h:70: * (i.e. incoming which we cannot use elsewhere). ./src/include/gnunet_transport_hello_service.h:137: * @param ac which network type should the addresses from the HELLO belong to? ./src/include/gnunet_rps_service.h:145: * @param type which type of malicious peer to turn to. ./src/include/gnunet_transport_communication_service.h:119: * @param sender which peer sent the notification ./src/include/gnunet_transport_communication_service.h:241: * @param peer peer with which we can now communicate ./src/include/gnunet_transport_communication_service.h:245: * @param nt which network type does the @a address belong to? ./src/include/gnunet_transport_communication_service.h:283: * @param nt which network type does the address belong to? ./src/include/plibc.h:860:/* Action which shall be performed in the call the hsearch. */ ./src/include/plibc.h:877: which describes the current status. */ ./src/include/plibc.h:896:/* Create a new hashing table which will at most contain NEL elements. */ ./src/include/plibc.h:910:/* Reentrant versions which can handle multiple hashing tables at the ./src/include/plibc.h:920: in node must be the "key" field, which points to the datum. ./src/include/gnunet_scheduler_lib.h:308: * Set time at which we definitively want to get a wakeup call. ./src/include/gnunet_scheduler_lib.h:332: * which contains callbacks for the scheduler (see definition of struct ./src/include/gnunet_scheduler_lib.h:588: * @param delay with which the operation should be run ./src/include/gnunet_scheduler_lib.h:605: * @param at time at which this operation should run ./src/include/gnunet_secretsharing_service.h:156: * Note that the number of peers can be smaller than 'k' (this threshold parameter), which ./src/include/gnunet_secretsharing_service.h:157: * makes the threshold crypto system useless. However, in this case one can still determine which peers ./src/include/gnunet_service_lib.h:189: * for ARM, which should call this function directly). ./src/include/gnunet_service_lib.h:195: * service handler which can be used to control the service's ./src/include/gnunet_service_lib.h:241: * for ARM, which MUST NOT use the macro). The reason is ./src/include/gnunet_service_lib.h:249: * service handler which can be used to control the service's ./src/include/gnunet_service_lib.h:360: * @param c client for which to disable the warning ./src/include/gnunet_service_lib.h:395: * Set the 'monitor' flag on this client. Clients which have been ./src/include/gnunet_signatures.h:71: * Signature by which a peer affirms that it is ./src/include/gnunet_strings_lib.h:205: * be NULL in which case only the necessary ./src/include/gnunet_strings_lib.h:242: * absolute time (which is in UTC) to a string in local time. ./src/include/gnunet_strings_lib.h:322: * @param enclen number of characters in @a enc (without 0-terminator, which can be missing) ./src/include/gnunet_strings_lib.h:468: * @return #GNUNET_OK if conversion succeded. #GNUNET_SYSERR otherwise, in which ./src/include/gnunet_strings_lib.h:484: * @return #GNUNET_OK if conversion succeded. #GNUNET_SYSERR otherwise, in which case ./src/include/gnunet_strings_lib.h:516: * @return #GNUNET_OK if conversion succeded. #GNUNET_SYSERR otherwise, in which ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_logger_service.h:55: * @return the handle which can be used for sending data to the service; NULL ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:70: * controller has at least one master handle which is created when the ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:200: * @return NULL upon any error or a handle which can be passed to ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:436: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:456: * @param trusted_ip the ip address of the controller which will be set as TRUSTED ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:530: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:551: * @return handle to the host registration which can be used to cancel the ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:606: * @param op_cls the operation closure for the event which is generated to ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:609: * @param delegated_host requests to which host should be delegated; cannot be NULL ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:610: * @param slave_host which host is used to run the slave controller; use NULL to ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:753: * Peer information type; captures which of the types ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:1121: * @param nfailures the number of overlay connects which failed ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:1604: * peers which have been started by the testbed. If the peer is not started by ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:1610: * @return barrier wait handle which can be used to cancel the waiting at ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:1643: * The model is based on white listing of peers to which underlay connections ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:1650: * The model is based on black listing of peers to which underlay connections ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h:1663: * @param peer the peer for which the model has to be created ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:70: * controller has at least one master handle which is created when the ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:200: * @return NULL upon any error or a handle which can be passed to ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:436: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:456: * @param trusted_ip the ip address of the controller which will be set as TRUSTED ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:530: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:551: * @return handle to the host registration which can be used to cancel the ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:606: * @param op_cls the operation closure for the event which is generated to ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:609: * @param delegated_host requests to which host should be delegated; cannot be NULL ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:610: * @param slave_host which host is used to run the slave controller; use NULL to ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:753: * Peer information type; captures which of the types ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:1121: * @param nfailures the number of overlay connects which failed ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:1604: * peers which have been started by the testbed. If the peer is not started by ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:1610: * @return barrier wait handle which can be used to cancel the waiting at ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:1643: * The model is based on white listing of peers to which underlay connections ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:1650: * The model is based on black listing of peers to which underlay connections ./src/include/gnunet_testbed_service.h.orig:1663: * @param peer the peer for which the model has to be created ./src/include/gnunet_testing_lib.h:69: * Handle for a system on which GNUnet peers are executed; ./src/include/gnunet_testing_lib.h:97: * The number of peers which share an instance of the service. 0 for sharing ./src/include/gnunet_testing_lib.h:114: * @param trusted_ip the ip address which will be set as TRUSTED HOST in all ./src/include/gnunet_testing_lib.h:144: * @param trusted_ip the ip address which will be set as TRUSTED HOST in all ./src/include/gnunet_testing_lib.h:269: * @param peer peer handle for which we want the peer's identity ./src/include/gnunet_testing_lib.h:371: * @param peer the peer on which GNUNET_TESTING_peer_stop_async() was called ./src/include/gnunet_testing_lib.h:445: * Sometimes we use the binary name to determine which specific ./src/include/gnunet_time_lib.h:164: * Threshold after which exponential backoff should not increase (15 m). ./src/include/gnunet_transport_core_service.h:101: * (which, if we go past it, means we don't use available bandwidth). ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:57: * of the peer the session is for (which will be used for some error ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:73: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:74: * @param session which session is being destroyed ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:180: * @param peer which peer did we read data from ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:245: * transport service about the addresses under which the transport ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:322: * @param session which session must be used ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:356: * completed already, which is OK. The plugin is supposed to close ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:384: * partially completed already, which is OK. The plugin is supposed ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:389: * @param target peer for which the last transmission is ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:482: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:483: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:497: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/include/gnunet_transport_plugin.h:498: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/integration-tests/gnunet_pyexpect.py.in:56: print ("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is `{2}' ({3})".format (s, r, stream, len (stream))) ./src/integration-tests/gnunet_pyexpect.py.in:61: print ("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is is `{2}'".format (s, r.pattern, stream)) ./src/integration-tests/gnunet_pyexpect.py:57: print ("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is `{2}' ({3})".format (s, r, stream, len (stream))) ./src/integration-tests/gnunet_pyexpect.py:62: print ("Failed to find `{1}' in {0}, which is is `{2}'".format (s, r.pattern, stream)) Binary file ./src/integration-tests/__pycache__/gnunet_pyexpect.cpython-37.pyc matches ./src/json/json.c:40: * @param[out] error_json_name which JSON field was problematic ./src/json/json.c:41: * @param[out] which index into @a spec did we encounter an error ./src/json/json_mhd.c:144: * state in the @a con_cls, which must be cleaned up using ./src/namecache/gnunet-namecache.c:183: _("You must specify which zone should be accessed\n")); ./src/namecache/gnunet-service-namecache.c:255: plugin rather than to signal that there are 'no' results, which Binary file ./src/namecache/gnunet-namecache.o matches Binary file ./src/namecache/.libs/gnunet-namecache matches ./src/namecache/gnunet-namecache:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/namecache/gnunet-service-namecache:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/namestore/gnunet-service-namestore.c:78: * Namestore client which intiated this zone iteration ./src/namestore/gnunet-service-namestore.c:116: * Number of pending cache operations triggered by this zone iteration which we ./src/namestore/gnunet-service-namestore.c:177: * Namestore client which intiated this zone monitor ./src/namestore/gnunet-service-namestore.c:489: * record, which (if found) is then copied to @a cls for future use. ./src/namestore/gnunet-zoneimport.c:301: * Hash map of requests for which we may still get a response from ./src/namestore/gnunet-zoneimport.c:1500: * Iterate over all of the zones we care about and see which records ./src/namestore/gnunet-zoneimport.c:1751: * Iterate over all of the zones we care about and see which records ./src/namestore/gnunet-zoneimport.c.orig:301: * Hash map of requests for which we may still get a response from ./src/namestore/gnunet-zoneimport.c.orig:1500: * Iterate over all of the zones we care about and see which records ./src/namestore/gnunet-zoneimport.c.orig:1751: * Iterate over all of the zones we care about and see which records ./src/namestore/plugin_namestore_postgres.c:428: * Lookup records in the datastore for which we are the authority. ./src/namestore/plugin_namestore_heap.c:492: * Lookup records in the datastore for which we are the authority. ./src/namestore/plugin_namestore_sqlite.c:439: * It will return a record which should be given to the iterator. ./src/namestore/plugin_namestore_sqlite.c:558: * Lookup records in the datastore for which we are the authority. ./src/namestore/test_namestore_put.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/namestore/test_namestore_put.sh:28:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/namestore/test_namestore_delete.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/namestore/test_namestore_delete.sh:28:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/namestore/test_namestore_lookup.sh:5:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/namestore/test_namestore_lookup.sh:20:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./src/namestore/gnunet-namestore:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/namestore/gnunet-zoneimport:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/namestore/gnunet-service-namestore:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/namestore/gnunet-namestore-fcfsd:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nat-auto/gnunet-nat-auto_legacy.c:452: * @param timeout delay after which the test should be aborted ./src/nat-auto/gnunet-nat-auto:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nat-auto/gnunet-nat-server:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nat-auto/gnunet-service-nat-auto:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nat/gnunet-nat.c:437: gettext_noop ("which IP and port are we locally using to bind/listen to"), ./src/nat/gnunet-nat.c:443: gettext_noop ("which remote IP and port should be asked for connection reversal"), ./src/nat/gnunet-service-nat.c:1319: * given name may be "AUTO" in which case we should use ./src/nat/gnunet-service-nat.c:1321: * The name can also be an IP address, in which case we ./src/nat/nat.h:114: * Number of bytes in the string that follow which ./src/nat/nat_api.c:375: * addr to specify to which of the local host's addresses should the ./src/nat/nat_api.c:592: * @param sender_addr address from which we got @a data ./src/nat/test_nat_data.conf:5:# which is what we want by default... ./src/nat/test_nat_test_data.conf:5:# which is what we want by default... Binary file ./src/nat/gnunet-nat.o matches Binary file ./src/nat/.libs/gnunet-nat matches ./src/nat/gnunet-nat:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nat/gnunet-service-nat:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nse/nse.h:55: * Timestamp at which the server received the message. ./src/nse/gnunet-service-nse.c:29: * timestamp which is evenly divisible by that interval. This hash is ./src/nse/gnunet-service-nse.c:33: * message should thus be received before any others, which stops ./src/nse/gnunet-service-nse.c:190: * The current timestamp value (which all ./src/nse/gnunet-service-nse.c:665: * We've sent on our flood message or one that we received which was ./src/nse/gnunet-service-nse.c:954: * An incoming flood message has been received which claims ./src/nse/gnunet-nse:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nse/gnunet-service-nse:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/nse/gnunet-nse-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/peerinfo-tool/gnunet-peerinfo:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/peerinfo/gnunet-service-peerinfo.c:132: * @param he entry of the host for which we generate a notification ./src/peerinfo/gnunet-service-peerinfo.c:209: * Get the filename under which we would store the GNUNET_HELLO_Message ./src/peerinfo/gnunet-service-peerinfo.c:212: * @param id peer for which we need the filename for the HELLO ./src/peerinfo/gnunet-service-peerinfo.c:264: * @param peer the peer for which this is a hello ./src/peerinfo/gnunet-service-peerinfo.c:720: * @param peer the peer for which this is a hello ./src/peerinfo/peerinfo.h:121: * About which peer are we talking here? ./src/peerinfo/peerinfo_api_notify.c:236: * messages which are intended for friend to friend mode and which do not ./src/peerinfo/gnunet-service-peerinfo:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/peerstore/peerstore_api.c:535: * @param expiry absolute time after which the entry is (possibly) deleted ./src/peerstore/peerstore_common.c:69: * @param expiry time after which the record expires ./src/peerstore/peerstore_common.h:48: * @param expiry time after which the record expires ./src/peerstore/plugin_peerstore_flat.c:274: * @param expiry absolute time after which the record is (possibly) deleted ./src/peerstore/plugin_peerstore_sqlite.c:372: * @param expiry absolute time after which the record is (possibly) deleted ./src/peerstore/test_peerstore_api_sync.c:54: * Fake PID under which we store the value. ./src/peerstore/gnunet-peerstore:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/peerstore/gnunet-service-peerstore:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/pq/pq_eval.c:180: * which may return multiple results in @a connection using the given ./src/pq/pq_eval.c:227: * which must return a single result in @a connection using the given ./src/pq/pq_eval.c:228: * @a params. Stores the result (if any) in @a rs, which the caller ./src/pt/gnunet-daemon-pt.c:106: * Record for which we have an active redirection request. ./src/pt/gnunet-daemon-pt.c:732: #get_channel_weight(), which checks for a certain ./src/pt/gnunet-daemon-pt.c:843: * @param cls the `struct CadetExit` which got the message ./src/pt/gnunet-daemon-pt.c:859: * @param cls the `struct CadetExit` which got the message ./src/pt/test_gns_vpn.c:28: * This is NOT the default on most platforms, which means the test ./src/pt/gnunet-daemon-pt:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/reclaim/gnunet-service-reclaim.c:164: * Client which intiated this zone iteration ./src/reclaim/gnunet-service-reclaim.c:256: * IDP client which intiated this zone iteration ./src/reclaim/plugin_reclaim_sqlite.c:514: * It will return a record which should be given to the iterator. ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim.sh:23:which timeout > /dev/null 2>&1 && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_attribute.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_attribute.sh:23:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_consume.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_consume.sh:23:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_issue.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_issue.sh:23:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_revoke.sh:4:LOCATION=$(which gnunet-config) ./src/reclaim/test_reclaim_revoke.sh:23:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./src/regex/gnunet-regex-profiler.c:366: * @param cls the 'struct RegexPeer' for which we connected to stats ./src/regex/gnunet-regex-profiler.c:640: * @param cls the 'struct RegexPeer' for which we connected to stats ./src/regex/plugin_block_regex.c:50: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/regex/plugin_block_regex.c:51: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:157: * @param state state from which the to-be-removed transition originates. ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:456: * @param marks an array of size a->state_count to remember which state was ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:708: * which contains an "%s" which is to be replaced with the original ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:1612: * @param a automaton for which to assign proofs and hashes, must not be NULL ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:1770: * @param nfa_states set of NFA states on which the DFA should be based on ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:2209: * @param dfa DFA to which the multi strided transitions should be added. ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:2247: * @param dfa DFA for which the paths should be compressed. ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:2415: * @param n automaton to which the states should be added ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:2483: * @param states list of states on which to base the closure on ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:2484: * @param label transitioning label for which to base the closure on, ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:3269: * @param a automaton for which the canonical regex should be returned. ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:3286: * @param a automaton for which the number of transitions should be returned. ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:3526: * which comes directly from the HashMap iterator. ./src/regex/regex_internal.c:3588: * @param hm HashMap which stores all the states indexed by key. ./src/regex/regex_internal.h:47: * which they origin ('from_state'). Each state can have 0-n transitions. ./src/regex/regex_internal.h:73: * State to which this transition leads. ./src/regex/regex_internal.h:78: * State from which this transition origins. ./src/regex/regex_internal.h:238: * Set of states on which this state is based on. Used when creating a DFA out ./src/regex/regex_internal.h:387: * @param a automaton for which the canonical regex should be returned. ./src/regex/regex_internal.h:398: * @param a automaton for which the number of transitions should be returned. ./src/regex/regex_internal.h:438: * @param dfa DFA to which the multi strided transitions should be added. ./src/regex/regex_test_graph.c:114: * @param a the automaton for which SCCs should be computed and assigned. ./src/regex/regex_test_lib.h:92: * @return NULL if 'rx_length' is 0, a random regex of length 'rx_length', which ./src/regex/regex_test_random.c:60: * @return NULL if 'rx_length' is 0, a random regex of length 'rx_length', which ./src/regex/gnunet-service-regex:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/regex/gnunet-daemon-regexprofiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/regex/perf-regex:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/regex/gnunet-regex-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/rest/gnunet-rest-server:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/revocation/gnunet-service-revocation.c:431: * result set. Each element contains a revocation, which we should ./src/revocation/plugin_block_revocation.c:63: * @param ctx block context in which the block group is created ./src/revocation/plugin_block_revocation.c:64: * @param type type of the block for which we are creating the group ./src/revocation/revocation.h:78: * #GNUNET_MESSAGE_TYPE_REVOCATION_REVOKE_RESPONSE (which is just ./src/revocation/gnunet-revocation:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/revocation/gnunet-service-revocation:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/rps/gnunet-rps-profiler.c:531: * @brief flags to indicate which statistics values have been already ./src/rps/gnunet-rps-profiler.c:794: * @brief Mark which values from the statistics service to collect at the end ./src/rps/gnunet-rps-profiler.c:2273: * @brief This counts the number of peers in which views a given peer occurs. ./src/rps/gnunet-rps-profiler.c:2286: for (i = 0; i < num_peers; i++) /* Peer in which view is counted */ ./src/rps/gnunet-rps-profiler.c:2308: for (i = 0; i < num_peers; i++) /* Peer in which view is counted */ ./src/rps/gnunet-rps-profiler.c:2319: for (i = 0; i < num_peers; i++) /* Peer in which view is counted */ ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:689: * @param sub The Sub to which the created context belongs to ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:711: * @param peer_ctx Context of the peer of which connectivity is to be checked ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:795: * @param valid_peers Peer map containing valid peers from which to select a ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:824: * @param valid_peers Peer map of valid peers to which to add the @a peer ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:979: * @param peer_ctx Context of the peer of which to get the channel ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1035: * @param peer_ctx Context of the peer of whicht to get the mq ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1051: * @param peer_ctx Context of the peer for which to insert the envelope ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1457: * @param sub Sub for which to store the valid peers ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1560: * @param sub Sub for which to restore the valid peers ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1627: * @param sub Sub for which the storage is deleted ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1756: * @param sub Sub which would contain the @a peer ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1967: * @param peer_ctx Context of the peer to which the message is to be sent ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:1996: * @param peer_ctx Context of the peer for which to schedule the operation ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:2304: * @param sub Sub for which to notify clients ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:2383: * @param cls Closure - The Sub for which this is to be done ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:2424: * @param new_size New size to which to resize ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:2632: * @param sub Sub for which @a peer was received ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps.c:2731: * @param sub Sub in which the current peer is to be cleaned ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_sampler_elem.c:73: * @return a newly created RPS_SamplerElement which currently holds no id. ./src/rps/rps.conf.in:18:# This is the file in which valid peers are stored ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_sampler_elem.h:116: * @return a newly created RPS_SamplerElement which currently holds no id. ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.c:118: * @param view The view of which the array representation is of interest ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.c:131: * @param view The view of which the size should be returned ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.c:176: * @param view The which is checked for a peer ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.c:193: * @param view The view of which to remove the peer ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.c:233: * @param view the view of which to get the peer ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.h:65: * @param view The view of which the size should be returned ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.h:89: * @param view The which is checked for a peer ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.h:103: * @param view The view of which to remove the peer ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps_view.h:117: * @param view the view of which to get the peer ./src/rps/rps-sampler_common.c:122: * @param sampler The sampler on which update it will be called ./src/rps/rps-sampler_common.h:170: * @param sampler The sampler on which update it will be called ./src/rps/rps_api.c:593: * @param hash[out] Pointer to the location in which the hash will be stored. ./src/rps/rps_api.c:814: * @param type which type of malicious peer to turn to. ./src/rps/test_rps.c:262: * @brief flags to indicate which statistics values have been already ./src/rps/test_rps.c:568: * @brief Mark which values from the statistics service to collect at the end ./src/rps/test_rps.c:2188: * @brief This counts the number of peers in which views a given peer occurs. ./src/rps/test_rps.c:2201: for (i = 0; i < num_peers; i++) /* Peer in which view is counted */ ./src/rps/test_rps.c:2223: for (i = 0; i < num_peers; i++) /* Peer in which view is counted */ ./src/rps/test_rps.c:2234: for (i = 0; i < num_peers; i++) /* Peer in which view is counted */ ./src/rps/rps.conf:18:# This is the file in which valid peers are stored ./src/rps/gnunet-rps:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/rps/gnunet-service-rps:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/rps/gnunet-rps-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc_alice.c:77: * A scalarproduct session which tracks ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc_alice.c:115: * Set of elements for which will conduction an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc_alice.c:121: * Set of elements for which will conduction an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc_bob.c:62: * A scalarproduct session which tracks an offer for a ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc_bob.c:84: * Set of elements for which we will be conducting an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc_bob.c:90: * Set of elements for which will conduction an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct_alice.c:61: * A scalarproduct session which tracks ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct_alice.c:99: * Set of elements for which will conduction an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct_alice.c:105: * Set of elements for which will conduction an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct_bob.c:62: * A scalarproduct session which tracks an offer for a ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct_bob.c:89: * Set of elements for which we will be conducting an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct_bob.c:95: * Set of elements for which will conduction an intersection. ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct_bob.c:608: // vectors, which get rid of all the lookups in p/q. ./src/scalarproduct/scalarproduct_api.c:140: * handles the response to the client which used the API. ./src/scalarproduct/test_scalarproduct_negative.sh:14:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./src/scalarproduct/test_scalarproduct.sh:28:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./src/scalarproduct/test_scalarproduct_negativezero.sh:25:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-scalarproduct:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-alice:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-bob:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc-alice:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/scalarproduct/gnunet-service-scalarproduct-ecc-bob:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/secretsharing/gnunet-secretsharing-profiler.c:425: // compute g^42 as the plaintext which we will decrypt and then ./src/secretsharing/gnunet-service-secretsharing.c:136: * elements, thus represents a polynomial of degree 'threshold-1', which can ./src/secretsharing/test_secretsharing_api.c:46: // FIXME: check that our share is valid, which we can do as there's only ./src/secretsharing/gnunet-secretsharing-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/secretsharing/gnunet-service-secretsharing:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/set/gnunet-service-set_protocol.h:190: * by getting the empty set, which in that case also needs to be ./src/set/gnunet-service-set.c:236: * Map for which we are garbage collecting removed elements. ./src/set/gnunet-service-set.c:241: * Lowest generation for which an operation is still pending. ./src/set/gnunet-service-set.c:246: * Largest generation for which an operation is still pending. ./src/set/gnunet-service-set.h:390: * When are elements sent to the client, and which elements are sent? ./src/set/gnunet-service-set.h:420: * client, which will accept or reject the request. Set to '0' iff ./src/set/gnunet-service-set.h:426: * Generation in which the operation handle ./src/set/gnunet-service-set.h:435: * SetContent stores the actual set elements, which may be shared by ./src/set/gnunet-service-set_intersection.c:169: * Generation in which the operation handle ./src/set/gnunet-service-set_intersection.c:195: * Number of currently valid elements in the set which have not been ./src/set/gnunet-service-set_union.c:257: * Operation for which the elements ./src/set/gnunet-service-set_union.c:1032: * Decode which elements are missing on each side, and ./src/set/ibf.c:279: * @param start with which bucket to start ./src/set/ibf.c:310: * @param start which bucket to start at ./src/set/ibf.h:121: * @param start with which bucket to start ./src/set/ibf.h:136: * @param start which bucket to start at ./src/set/set.h:179: * client (not as listener). A set (which determines the operation ./src/set/set.h:334: * To which set iteration does this reponse belong to? First ./src/set/gnunet-set-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/set/gnunet-service-set:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/set/gnunet-set-ibf-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/statistics/gnunet-service-statistics.c:55: * For which client is this watch entry? ./src/statistics/gnunet-statistics:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/statistics/gnunet-service-statistics:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/template/gnunet-template:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/template/gnunet-service-template:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testbed-logger/testbed_logger_api.c:218: * @return the handle which can be used for sending data to the service; NULL ./src/testbed-logger/testbed-logger.conf.in:50:# The number of maximum peers which can connect to a peer ./src/testbed-logger/testbed-logger.conf.in:52:# The minimum number of peers which a peer has to connect ./src/testbed-logger/testbed-logger.conf.in:78:# reason, only services which doesn't depend on other services can only be ./src/testbed-logger/testbed-logger.conf:50:# The number of maximum peers which can connect to a peer ./src/testbed-logger/testbed-logger.conf:52:# The minimum number of peers which a peer has to connect ./src/testbed-logger/testbed-logger.conf:78:# reason, only services which doesn't depend on other services can only be ./src/testbed-logger/gnunet-service-testbed-logger:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testbed/barriers.README.org:10:the barrier. A barrier which is reached is deemed as crossed after all the ./src/testbed/barriers.README.org:16:2) GNUNET_TESTBED_barrier_cancel(): function to cancel a barrier which has been ./src/testbed/barriers.README.org:38:function can only be used by peers which are started by testbed as this function ./src/testbed/barriers.README.org:39:tries to access the local barrier service which is part of the testbed ./src/testbed/barriers.README.org:62:propagates BARRIER_CANCEL message which causes controllers to remove an ./src/testbed/barriers.README.org:66:`gnunet-service-testbed' which already has the testbed controller service. ./src/testbed/gnunet-helper-testbed.c:25: * from the remove controller which is put in a temporary location ./src/testbed/generate-underlay-topology.c:368: "\t filename: the path of the file which contains topology information\n" ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_barriers.c:194: * Number of peers which have reached this barrier ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:66: * Timeout for operations which may take some time ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:119: * @param client the client to which the failure message has to be sent to ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:150: * @param operation_id the id of the operation which was successful ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:169: * Callback which will be called after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:171: * @param cls the handle to the slave at which the registration is completed ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:205: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:207: * @param cls the handle to the slave at which the registration is completed ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:239: * @param slave the slave controller at which the given host has to be ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:243: * @param host the host which has to be registered ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:778: * @param client the client which has disconnected ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.c:795: * @param client the client which has disconnected ./src/testbed/testbed_helper.h:61: /* Followed by hostname of the machine on which helper runs. This is not NULL ./src/testbed/testbed_helper.h:64: /* Followed by serialized and compressed configuration which should be ./src/testbed/testbed_helper.h:83: /* Followed by compressed configuration which should be config_size long when ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:97: * The client to which we have to reply ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:117: * The type of the operation which is forwarded ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:162: * The client which initiated the link controller operation ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:240: * this flag to destroy the peer while destroying a context in which this peer ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:250: * The main context information associated with the client which started us ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:302: * Context information to used during operations which forward the overlay ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:333: * The id of the operation which created this context information ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:361: * The host which is being registered ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:366: * The host of the controller which has to connect to the above rhost ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:455: * Timeout for operations which may take some time ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:499: * @param accommodate_size the size which the array has to accommdate; after ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:533: * Finds the route with directly connected host as destination through which ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:558: * @param slave the slave controller at which the given host has to be ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:562: * @param host the host which has to be registered ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:601: * @param client the client to which the failure message has to be sent to ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed.h:633: * @param operation_id the id of the operation which was successful ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.c:383: * Function to find a #GST_ConnectionPool_GetHandle which is waiting for one of ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.c:384: * the handles in given entry which are now available. ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.c:428: * further schedules itself if there are similar waiting objects which can be notified. ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.c:475: * which are queued in an entry. ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.c:629: * the private key file directly (which should work if you are ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.c:825: * @param cfg the configuration with which the transport handle has to be ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.c:836: * @return the handle which can be used cancel or mark that the handle is no ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.h:129: * @param cfg the configuration with which the transport handle has to be ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_connectionpool.h:140: * @return the handle which can be used cancel or mark that the handle is no ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_cpustatus.c:537: the frequency at which getCPULoad is called (and we don't spend ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:88: * The gateway which will pass the link message to delegated host ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:93: * The client which has asked to perform this operation ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:98: * Handle for operations which are forwarded while linking controllers ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:108: * The id of the operation which created this context ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:169: * A connected controller which is not our child ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:517: * Finds the route with directly connected host as destination through which ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:546: * @param cfg the configuration with which the delegated controller is started. ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:794: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.c:812: and as these tasks they depend on the operation queues which are created ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.h:30: * A connected controller which is not our child ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_links.h:51: * handle to lcc which is associated with this slave startup. Should be set to ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:95: * controller which is not started by us. ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:168: * The client which has requested for overlay connection. This is used to send ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:174: * the first peer which is to expect an overlay connection from the second peer. ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:264: * The id of the second peer which has to connect to the first peer ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:596: * Task which will be run when overlay connect request has been timed out ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:958: * @param ignore_ peer identity which is ignored in this callback ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:1106: * @param ignore_ peer identity which is ignored in this callback ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:1269: * Callback which will be called after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:1315: * @param reg_host the host which is being registered in RegisteredHostContext ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:1316: * @param host the host of the controller which has to connect to the above rhost ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:1395: * forwarding, any hosts which are needed to be known by the slave controller to ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:1399: * @param client the client to which the status of the forwarded request has to ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_oc.c:1798: * @param ignore_ peer identity which is ignored in this callback ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_peers.c:70: * The client which requested to manage the peer's service ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_peers.c:113: * The client which gave this operation to us ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_peers.c:128: * The id of the peer which has to be reconfigured ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_peers.c:1422: * destroyed by a context which we destroy before */ ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_peers.c:1513: /* Forward to all slaves which we have started */ ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed_peers.c:1516: /* FIXME: have a better implementation where we track which slaves are ./src/testbed/gnunet-testbed-profiler.c:81: * Links which are successfully established ./src/testbed/gnunet-testbed-profiler.c:86: * Links which are not successfully established ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api.c:107: * Test cases which are not covered by the below ones ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api.c:394: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api.c:396: * @param cls the host which has been registered ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api.c:419: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_2peers_1controller.c:423: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_2peers_1controller.c:425: * @param cls the host which has been registered ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_2peers_1controller.c:448: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_3peers_3controllers.c:726: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_3peers_3controllers.c:728: * @param cls the host which has been registered ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_3peers_3controllers.c:777: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_controllerlink.c:384: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_controllerlink.c:386: * @param cls the host which has been registered ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_controllerlink.c:665: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_controllerlink.c:667: * @param cls the host which has been registered ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_controllerlink.c:711: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_hosts.c:47: * An array of hosts which are loaded from a file ./src/testbed/test_testbed_api_operations.c:110: * inactive at which point it should be released. It can be released as soon as ./src/testbed/testbed.conf.in:50:# The number of maximum peers which can connect to a peer ./src/testbed/testbed.conf.in:52:# The minimum number of peers which a peer has to connect ./src/testbed/testbed.conf.in:78:# reason, only services which doesn't depend on other services can only be ./src/testbed/testbed.h:53: * Event mask that specifies which events this client ./src/testbed/testbed.h:150: * For which host should requests be delegated? NBO. ./src/testbed/testbed.h:155: * The id of the operation which created this message ./src/testbed/testbed.h:196: * The id of the operation which created this message. NBO ./src/testbed/testbed.h:201: * comes the serialized gzip configuration with which the controller is ./src/testbed/testbed.h:222: * On which host should the peer be started? ./src/testbed/testbed.h:420: * The ID of the host which runs peer2 ./src/testbed/testbed.h:814: * The environmental variable which when available refers to the configuration ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:53: * Event mask that specifies which events this client ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:150: * For which host should requests be delegated? NBO. ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:155: * The id of the operation which created this message ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:196: * The id of the operation which created this message. NBO ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:201: * comes the serialized gzip configuration with which the controller is ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:222: * On which host should the peer be started? ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:420: * The ID of the host which runs peer2 ./src/testbed/testbed.h.orig:814: * The environmental variable which when available refers to the configuration ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:112: * The id of the host which is hosting the controller to be linked ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:137: * An entry in the stack for keeping operations which are about to expire ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:278: * @param id the id which has to be checked ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:832: operation contains data (cfg/identify) which will be freed at a later point ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:1359: * @param controller the controller to which the message has to be sent ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:1364: * @return the operation context which can be used to cancel the forwarded ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:1443: * Callback which will be called when link-controllers type operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:1820: * @param op_cls the operation closure for the event which is generated to ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:1823: * @param delegated_host requests to which host should be delegated; cannot be NULL ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:1824: * @param slave_host which host is used to run the slave controller; use NULL to ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:1972: * @param trusted_ip the ip address of the controller which will be set as TRUSTED ./src/testbed/testbed_api.c:2247: * Callback which will be called when shutdown peers operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api.h:121: * The operation has been started. It may occupy some resources which are to ./src/testbed/testbed_api.h:128: * some resources which are to be freed by operation_done ./src/testbed/testbed_api.h:140: * The controller to which this operation context belongs to ./src/testbed/testbed_api.h:187: * controller has at least one master handle which is created when the ./src/testbed/testbed_api.h:385: * @param trusted_ip the ip address of the controller which will be set as TRUSTED ./src/testbed/testbed_api.h:406: * @param controller the controller to which the message has to be sent ./src/testbed/testbed_api.h:411: * @return the operation context which can be used to cancel the forwarded ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:83: * The controller at which this host is registered ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:121: * configuration with which the controller is running ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:157: * The port which is to be used for SSH ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:634: * @param controller the controller at which this host is registered ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:661: * @param controller the controller at which this host has to be unmarked ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:687: * @param controller the controller at which host's registration is checked ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:1054: * @param trusted_ip the ip address of the controller which will be set as TRUSTED ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:1089: "Attempting to start a controller on a host which is already started a controller"); ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:1317: * @return NULL upon any error or a handle which can be passed to ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c.orig:1401: * @return handle to the host registration which can be used to cancel the ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:83: * The controller at which this host is registered ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:121: * configuration with which the controller is running ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:157: * The port which is to be used for SSH ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:634: * @param controller the controller at which this host is registered ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:661: * @param controller the controller at which this host has to be unmarked ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:687: * @param controller the controller at which host's registration is checked ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:1054: * @param trusted_ip the ip address of the controller which will be set as TRUSTED ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:1089: "Attempting to start a controller on a host which is already started a controller"); ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:1317: * @return NULL upon any error or a handle which can be passed to ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.c:1401: * @return handle to the host registration which can be used to cancel the ./src/testbed/testbed_api_barriers.c:163: * peers which have been started by the testbed. If the peer is not started by ./src/testbed/testbed_api_barriers.c:169: * @return barrier wait handle which can be used to cancel the waiting at ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:94: * This operation queue to which this time slot belongs to ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:99: * The operation to which this timeslot is currently allocated to ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:126: * Head for DLL of time slots which are free to be allocated to operations ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:131: * Tail for DLL of time slots which are free to be allocated to operations ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:147: * Bound on the maximum number of operations which can be active ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:165: * DLL head for the wait queue. Operations which are waiting for this ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:176: * DLL head for the ready queue. Operations which are in this operation queue ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:187: * DLL head for the active queue. Operations which are in this operation ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:198: * DLL head for the inactive queue. Operations which are inactive and can be ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:226: * Max number of operations which can be active at any time in this queue. ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:315: * Function to call to clean up after the operation (which may or may ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:359: * The time at which the operation is started ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:391: * Array of operation queues which are to be destroyed ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:627: * @param ops_ pointer to return the array of operations which are to be released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:707: * @param old the array into which the merging is done. ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:709: * @param new the array from which operations are to be merged ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:1155: * @param queue the operation queue which has to be modified ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.c:1355: * operations which are not completed and warn about them. ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.h:46: * The controller at which this host is being registered ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.h:147: * @param controller the controller at which this host is registered ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.h:159: * @param controller the controller at which this host has to be unmarked ./src/testbed/testbed_api_hosts.h:171: * @param controller the controller at which host's registration is checked ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.h:46: * Operation queue which permits a fixed maximum number of operations to be ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.h:52: * Operation queue which adapts the number of operations to be active based on ./src/testbed/testbed_api_operations.h:98: * @param queue the operation queue which has to be modified ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:136: * Callback which will be called when peer_create type operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:188: * Callback which will be called when peer_create type operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:241: * Callback which will be called when peer start type operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:294: * Callback which will be called when peer stop type operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:367: * Callback which will be called when peer stop type operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:437: * Callback which will be called when overlay connect operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:505: * Callback which will be called when a peer reconfigure operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_peers.c:914: * Callback which will be called when peer manage server operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_sd.c:32: * An entry to hold data which will be used to calculate SD ./src/testbed/testbed_api_sd.c:176: * Calculates the factor by which the given amount differs ./src/testbed/testbed_api_sd.c:179: * @param amount the value for which the deviation is returned ./src/testbed/testbed_api_sd.c:180: * @param factor the factor by which the given amont differs ./src/testbed/testbed_api_sd.h:67: * Returns the factor by which the given amount differs from the standard deviation ./src/testbed/testbed_api_sd.h:70: * @param amount the value for which the deviation is returned ./src/testbed/testbed_api_sd.h:71: * @param factor the factor by which the given amont differs ./src/testbed/testbed_api_services.c:85: * The operation which created this structure ./src/testbed/testbed_api_services.c:205: * Callback which will be called when service connect type operation is ./src/testbed/testbed_api_statistics.c:69: * The subsystem of peers for which statistics are requested ./src/testbed/testbed_api_statistics.c:119: * The GetStatsContext which is associated with this context ./src/testbed/testbed_api_statistics.c:148: * the iteration_completion_cb() cannot destroy statistics handle which will be ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:178: * Handle to the host on which the controller runs ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:228: * Array of peers which we create ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:279: * The topology which has to be achieved with the peers started in this context ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:357: * The Run context operation which has the operation being queried ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:505: * Cancels operations and tasks which are assigned to the given run context ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:613: * @param cls the RunContext which has to be acted upon ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:746: * @param nfailures the number of overlay connects which failed ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:972: * Callback which will be called to after a host registration succeeded or failed ./src/testbed/testbed_api_testbed.c:1036: * @param cfg the configuration with which the controller has been started; ./src/testbed/testbed_api_topology.c:343: * @param cls element of the link_op array which points to the corresponding operation ./src/testbed/testbed_api_topology.c:444: * Callback which will be called when overlay connect operation is released ./src/testbed/testbed_api_topology.c:1523: * @param num_peers the number of peers for which the topology should be ./src/testbed/testbed_api_topology.h:92: * @param num_peers the number of peers for which the topology should be ./src/testbed/testbed_api_underlay.c:148: * @param peer the peer for which the model has to be created ./src/testbed/testbed.conf:50:# The number of maximum peers which can connect to a peer ./src/testbed/testbed.conf:52:# The minimum number of peers which a peer has to connect ./src/testbed/testbed.conf:78:# reason, only services which doesn't depend on other services can only be Binary file ./src/testbed/.libs/testbed_api_hosts.o matches Binary file ./src/testbed/.libs/libgnunettestbed.so.0.0 matches Binary file ./src/testbed/.libs/libgnunettestbed.so.0 matches Binary file ./src/testbed/.libs/libgnunettestbed.so matches Binary file ./src/testbed/.libs/generate-underlay-topology matches Binary file ./src/testbed/.libs/libgnunettestbed.so.0.0T matches ./src/testbed/gnunet-testbed-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testbed/gnunet-service-testbed:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testbed/gnunet-helper-testbed:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testbed/gnunet-daemon-testbed-blacklist:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testbed/gnunet-daemon-testbed-underlay:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testbed/gnunet-daemon-latency-logger:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which Binary file ./src/testbed/generate-underlay-topology.o matches ./src/testbed/generate-underlay-topology:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testing/gnunet-testing.c:386: * GNUNET_TESTING_service_run, which starts the scheduler on its own. ./src/testing/test_testing_peerstartup.c:51: * The peer which has been started by the testing system ./src/testing/test_testing_peerstartup2.c:63: * The peer which has been started by the testing system ./src/testing/test_testing_servicestartup.c:45: * @param cfg the configuration with which the current testing service is run ./src/testing/test_testing_sharedservices.c:52: * The peer which has been started by the testing system ./src/testing/testing.c:99: * Handle for a system on which GNUnet peers are executed; ./src/testing/testing.c:232: * released upon peer destroy and can be used by other peers which are ./src/testing/testing.c:357: * @param trusted_ip the ip address which will be set as TRUSTED HOST in all ./src/testing/testing.c:438: * @param trusted_ip the ip address which will be set as TRUSTED HOST in all ./src/testing/testing.c:587: On systems which support both IPv4 and IPv6, only ports open on both ./src/testing/testing.c:737: * The system for which we are building configurations ./src/testing/testing.c:753: * released upon peer destroy and can be used by other peers which are ./src/testing/testing.c:1288: * @param peer peer handle for which we want the peer's identity ./src/testing/testing.c:1491: * @param peer the peer on which GNUNET_TESTING_peer_stop_async() was called ./src/testing/testing.c:1569: * The configuration of the peer in which the service is run ./src/testing/testing.c:1579: * The peer in which the service is run. ./src/testing/testing.c:1705: * Sometimes we use the binary name to determine which specific ./src/testing/gnunet-testing:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/testing/list-keys:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/topology/gnunet-daemon-topology.c:27: * - suggesting to ATS which peers we might want to connect to ./src/topology/gnunet-daemon-topology.c:36: * connectivity data), which is why they are combined in this ./src/topology/gnunet-daemon-topology.c:84: * Bloom filter used to mark which peers already got the HELLO ./src/topology/gnunet-daemon-topology.c:156: * which we have HELLOs. So pretty much everyone. Maps peer identities ./src/topology/gnunet-daemon-topology.c:403: * other peers, which is likely more than enough in ./src/topology/gnunet-daemon-topology.c:490: * @param cls for which peer to schedule the HELLO ./src/topology/gnunet-daemon-topology:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/Makefile.am:342:# leave a 'dangling' task to process_unmap_output which will cause ./src/transport/NOTES:2: - who decides which connections to keep/create? ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-bluetooth.c:714: /* get the port on which we are listening on */ ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-bluetooth.c:724: fprintf (stderr, "Failed to get the port on which we are listening on: \n"); ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-bluetooth.c:861: * port number on which the service is running. ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-bluetooth.c:944: * port number on which the service is running. ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-bluetooth.c:1422: * @param dev pointer to the socket which was added to the set ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-bluetooth.c:1859: fprintf (stderr, "LOG : %s has a new message for %.2X:%.2X:%.2X:%.2X:%.2X:%.2X which isn't on the broadcast list\n", dev.iface, ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-bluetooth.c:1930: /* Select a fd which is ready for action :) */ ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-unix.c:287: * @param queue queue for which the timeout should be rescheduled ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-unix.c:994: * @param sender which peer sent the notification ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan-dummy.c:200: * @param argv either '1' or '2', depending on which of the two cards this dummy is to emulate ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:33: * argument, which is the name of the WLAN interface to use. The ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:75: * which is ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:251: * length of data (which is always a uint32_t, but presumably this can be used ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:473: * Bit in IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS (which we might get ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:483: * Bit in IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS (which we might get ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:493: * Bit in IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS (which we might get ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:503: * Bit in IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS (which we might get ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:513: * Bit in IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS (which we might get ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:523: * Bit in IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS (which we might get ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:573: * bit mask (it_present) determines which specific records follow. ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:605: * A bitmap telling which fields are present. Set bit 31 ./src/transport/gnunet-helper-transport-wlan.c:1052: * which can be found in the iterator's this_arg_index member. This arg ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:32: * (which could be core-data, background-channel traffic, or ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:212: * Body by which a peer confirms that it is using an ephemeral key. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:289: the communicator which is to receive the message */ ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:542: /* Followed by the actual message, which itself may be ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:706: * To which peer is this a route? ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:729: * GNUNET_ATS_Sessions` which still awaits an ACK. This is used to ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:763: * via which we can reach a particular neighbour. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:813: * Handle by which we inform ATS about this queue. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:1043: * Quota at which CORE is allowed to transmit to this peer ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:1096: * level of the tree, fragments are kept in a DLL ordered by which ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:1212: * Offset at which we should generate the next fragment. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:1457: * cache for which we do not have a neighbour entry, ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:2884: * @param cmc context for which we are done handling the message ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:3475: * @param cls a `struct TransportClient` which sent us the message ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:3602: * @param cls a `struct GNUNET_ATS_Session` for which the delay changed ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:3740: * may be returned, otherwise the "replacement" for @a pm (which ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:3935: /* Update time by which we might retransmit 's' based on queue ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:3995: * @param cls a `struct GNUNET_ATS_Session` for which the delay changed ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:4018: * allocated which is not being used. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:4020: * @param cls a `struct GNUNET_ATS_Session` for which the excess was noted ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:4040: * which is not being used. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng.c:4042: * @param cls a `struct GNUNET_ATS_Session` for which the excess was noted ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport.c:1895: * @param address which address was the session for ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport.c:1896: * @param session which session is being destoyed ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_ats.c:157: * @param key which peer is this about ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_ats.c:211: * @param key which peer is this about ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_ats.c:653: ATS which means we end up here (however, in this ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_ats.c:701: /* This was a blocked inbound session, which now lost the ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_ats.c:896: * @param key which peer is this about ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:86: * State describing which kind a reply this neighbour should send ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:134: * message implies which session is preferred by the sender. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:209: * message implies which session is preferred by the sender. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:340: * Are we currently trying to send a message? If so, which one? ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:697: * @param cls the `struct NeighbourMapEntry` for which we are running ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:764: * @param session session to use (or NULL, in which case an ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:1189: * @param session session to use (or NULL, in which case an ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:1361: * @param n target peer for which to transmit ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:1815: * @param target which peer received the transmission ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:1991: * @param target which peer received the transmission ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:2870: * @param cls the `struct NeighbourMapEntry` for which we are running ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:2938: * @param cls the 'struct NeighbourMapEntry' for which we are running ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_neighbours.c:3466: * We are in state = PSY_SYN_RECV_ACK or ack_state = ACK_SEND_ACK, which ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_validation.c:149: * connection which the receiver (of the PING) initiated is still valid. ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_validation.c:345: * matched by a PONG and for which we have not yet hit the ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_validation.c:714: new maximum delay (which may be lower); the real delay ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_validation.c:858: * Iterator which adds the given address to the set of validated ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_validation.c:1647: * We've received a HELLO, check which addresses are new and trigger ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_validation.c:1779: /* How can we use an address for which we don't have the plugin? */ ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport_validation.h:94: * We've received a HELLO, check which addresses are new and trigger ./src/transport/ieee80211_radiotap.h:50: * based on a bitmap indicating which fields are present. ./src/transport/ieee80211_radiotap.h:77: __le32 it_present; /* A bitmap telling which ./src/transport/transport.h:181: * About which peer are we talking here? ./src/transport/transport.h:554: * depending on which direction it is going). ./src/transport/transport.h:655: * Communicator goes online. Note which addresses it can ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_client.c:732: * @param s which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_client.c:910: * @param target peer from which to disconnect ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_client.c:1129: * Wake up a curl handle which was suspended ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_client.c:2338: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_client.c:2339: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_client.c:2356: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_client.c:2357: * @param s which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:496: * Wake up an MHD connection which was suspended ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:519: * @param server which server to schedule v4 or v6? ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:711: * @param session which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:797: * @param peer for which this is a session ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:826: * @param peer for which this is a session ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:848: * @param target peer from which to disconnect ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:1075: * @param server which server to schedule v4 or v6? ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:1139: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:1140: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:1155: * @param s session for which the timeout changes ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:3385: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_http_server.c:3386: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:225: * @param client_identity ID of client for which this is a buffer, ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:373: * @param client_identity ID of client for which this is a buffer, ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:1057: * @param cfg configuration (which specifies the addresses) ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:1692: * @param client which client to find the session handle for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:1985: * @param session for which session should we do this ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2158: * @param session for which session should we do this ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2189: * @param session which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2367: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2368: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2403: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2404: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2499: Without this, peers sometimes disagree about which of the TCP ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2708: * @param key the peer which the session belongs to (unused) ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2734: * partially completed already, which is OK. The plugin is supposed ./src/transport/plugin_transport_tcp.c:2743: * @param target peer for which the last transmission is ./src/transport/plugin_transport_template.c:196: * @param session which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_template.c:237: * @param target peer from which to disconnect ./src/transport/plugin_transport_template.c:254: * @param session session from which to disconnect ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:737: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:748: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:1544: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:1545: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:2027: * @param s which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:3149: "UDP got %u bytes from %s, which is not enough for a GNUnet message header\n", ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:3255: * @param sock which socket should we process the queue for (v4 or v6) ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:3406: * @param sock which socket (v4/v6) to send on ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:3536: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.c:3564: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp.h:106: * one cannot tell which one of the two types this address represents. ./src/transport/plugin_transport_udp_broadcasting.c:329: on ALL interfaces, which is merely slightly less efficient; ./src/transport/Makefile.in:2405:# leave a 'dangling' task to process_unmap_output which will cause ./src/transport/plugin_transport_unix.c:536: * @param session session for which the timeout should be rescheduled ./src/transport/plugin_transport_unix.c:662: * @param send_handle which handle to send message on ./src/transport/plugin_transport_unix.c:924: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_unix.c:925: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_unix.c:950: * @param sender from which peer the message was received ./src/transport/plugin_transport_unix.c:1278: * @param session which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.c:152: * Header for messages which need fragmentation. This is the format of ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.c:1373: * @param target peer from which to disconnect ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.c:1403: * @param session which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.c:2192: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.c:2193: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.c:2211: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.c:2212: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.h:123: * power management, more data, WEP, strict), all of which we also ./src/transport/plugin_transport_wlan.h:219: * Information about which of the fields below are actually valid. ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:225: * @param client_identity ID of client for which this is a buffer, ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:373: * @param client_identity ID of client for which this is a buffer, ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:1057: * @param cfg configuration (which specifies the addresses) ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:1688: * @param client which client to find the session handle for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:1981: * @param session for which session should we do this ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2154: * @param session for which session should we do this ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2185: * @param session which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2363: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2364: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2399: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2400: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2495: Without this, peers sometimes disagree about which of the TCP ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2704: * @param key the peer which the session belongs to (unused) ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2730: * partially completed already, which is OK. The plugin is supposed ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xt.c:2739: * @param target peer for which the last transmission is ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:440: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:451: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:1179: * @param peer which peer was the session for ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:1180: * @param session which session is being updated ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:1278: * @param s which session must be used ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:1880: "XU got %u bytes from %s, which is not enough for a GNUnet message header\n", ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:1963: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.c:1989: * know which socket needs to be read, so we have to check each one ./src/transport/plugin_transport_xu.h:106: * one cannot tell which one of the two types this address represents. ./src/transport/tcp_connection_legacy.c:94: * to find out which one might work. ./src/transport/tcp_connection_legacy.c:120: * Connection for which we are probing. ./src/transport/tcp_connection_legacy.c:1289: * @param connection connection for which we should do this processing ./src/transport/tcp_server_legacy.c:386: * @param cls handle to our server for which we are processing the listen ./src/transport/tcp_server_legacy.c:625: * Set the 'monitor' flag on this client. Clients which have been ./src/transport/tcp_server_legacy.c:902: * @param client client for which to disable the warning ./src/transport/tcp_server_mst_legacy.c:105: * @param client_identity ID of client for which this is a buffer ./src/transport/tcp_service_legacy.c:203: * for which we have no handler? ./src/transport/tcp_service_legacy.c:494: * @param cfg configuration (which specifies the addresses) ./src/transport/Makefile:2405:# leave a 'dangling' task to process_unmap_output which will cause ./src/transport/test_transport_api_reliability.c:54: * If we are in an "xhdr" test, the factor by which we divide ./src/transport/test_transport_api_reliability.c:77: * Bitmap storing which messages were received ./src/transport/test_transport_api_reliability.c:123: * @param bitIdx which bit to set ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:180: * Task by which we accomplish the connection. ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:185: * Handle by which we ask ATS to faciliate the connection. ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:190: * Handle by which we inform the peer about the HELLO of ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:771: * the message size, can be NULL in which case the message ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:800: * which should contain at least two peers, the first two ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:801: * of which should be currently connected ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:818: * which should contain at least two peers, the first two ./src/transport/transport-testing.h:819: * of which should be currently connected ./src/transport/transport_api2_communication.c:633: * @param receiver which peer was the receiver ./src/transport/transport_api2_communication.c:983: * @param peer peer with which we can now communicate ./src/transport/transport_api2_communication.c:987: * @param nt which network type does the @a address belong to? ./src/transport/transport_api2_communication.c:1048: * @param nt which network type does the address belong to? ./src/transport/transport-testing-main.c:131: * Allows us to identify which peer this is about. ./src/transport/transport-testing-send.c:133: * @param ccc context which should contain at least two peers, the ./src/transport/transport-testing-send.c:134: * first two of which should be currently connected ./src/transport/transport-testing-send.c:170: * which should contain at least two peers, the first two ./src/transport/transport-testing-send.c:171: * of which should be currently connected ./src/transport/transport-testing-send.c:206: * which should contain at least two peers, the first two ./src/transport/transport-testing-send.c:207: * of which should be currently connected ./src/transport/transport_api_core.c:86: * Entry in our readyness heap (which is sorted by @e next_ready ./src/transport/transport_api_core.c:522: * @param cls the `struct Neighbour` for which the timeout changed ./src/transport/transport_api_hello_get.c:222: * @param ac which network type should the addresses from the HELLO belong to? ./src/transport/communicator.h:52: * Timestamp from the original sender which identifies the original KX. ./src/transport/communicator.h:58: * on which the KX was received will continue to be valid. ./src/transport/communicator.h:76: * limits provided in this message by a receiver, which may ./src/transport/communicator.h:107: * Up to which message number were all messages received. ./src/transport/transport_api2_core.c:75: * Entry in our readyness heap (which is sorted by @e next_ready ./src/transport/transport_api2_core.c:477: * @param cls the `struct Neighbour` for which the timeout changed ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp.c:365: * At which offset in the ciphertext read buffer should we ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp.c:371: * At which offset in the ciphertext write buffer should we ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp.c:377: * At which offset in the plaintext input buffer should we ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp.c:383: * At which offset in the plaintext output buffer should we ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp.c:394: * How may messages did we pass from this queue to CORE for which we ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp.c:703: * @param queue queue for which the timeout should be rescheduled ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp.c:2157: * @param sender which peer sent the notification ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp.c:438: * Up to which sequence number did we use this @e master already? ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp.c:444: * Up to which sequence number did the other peer allow us to use ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp.c:445: * this key, or up to which number did we allow the other peer to ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp.c:744: * Port number to which we are actually bound. ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp.c:1011: * @param sender address for which the timeout should be rescheduled ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp.c:1026: * @param receiver address for which the timeout should be rescheduled ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp.c:2451: * @param sender which peer sent the notification Binary file ./src/transport/.libs/plugin_transport_udp.o matches Binary file ./src/transport/.libs/libgnunet_plugin_transport_udp.so matches Binary file ./src/transport/.libs/libgnunet_plugin_transport_udp.soT matches ./src/transport/gnunet-transport:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/gnunet-transport-certificate-creation:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/gnunet-service-transport:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/gnunet-transport-profiler:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-unix:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-tcp:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/gnunet-communicator-udp:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/transport/gnunet-service-tng:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/bandwidth.c:230: * ignored and replaced by #GNUNET_MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE (which is in ./src/util/bandwidth.c:277: * ignored and replaced by #GNUNET_MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE (which is in ./src/util/client.c:56: * to find out which one might work. ./src/util/client.c:82: * Connection for which we are probing. ./src/util/common_logging.c:101: * characters, in which case it is NOT 0-terminated! ./src/util/common_logging.c:181: * Lowest line at which this definition matches. ./src/util/common_logging.c:187: * Highest line at which this definition matches. ./src/util/common_logging.c:200: * 1 if this definition comes from GNUNET_FORCE_LOG, which means that it ./src/util/common_logging.c:331: * @param tm timestamp for which we should setup logging ./src/util/common_logging.c:485: * @param function function which tries to make a logging call, ./src/util/common_logging.c:487: * @param line line at which the call is made, usually __LINE__ ./src/util/common_logging.c:555: * @param constname name of the environment variable from which to get the ./src/util/common_logging.c:699: * @param logfile which file to write log messages to (can be NULL) ./src/util/configuration.c.orig:148: * @param basedir set to path from which we recursively load configuration ./src/util/configuration.c:183: * @param basedir set to path from which we recursively load configuration ./src/util/container_multihashmap.c:283: * @param map hash map for which to compute the index ./src/util/container_bloomfilter.c:134: * @param bitIdx which bit to set ./src/util/container_bloomfilter.c:152: * @param bitIdx which bit to unset ./src/util/container_bloomfilter.c:169: * @param bitIdx which bit to test ./src/util/container_bloomfilter.c:192: * @param bitIdx which bit to test ./src/util/container_bloomfilter.c:240: * @param bitIdx which bit to test ./src/util/container_bloomfilter.c:360: * @param key the key for which we iterate over the BF bits ./src/util/container_bloomfilter.c:622: * in which case all bits should be considered ./src/util/container_heap.c:310: * @param node node to insert (which may be a subtree itself) ./src/util/container_heap.c:544: * @param node node for which the cost is to be changed ./src/util/container_meta_data.c:772: * *target can be NULL, in which case memory is allocated ./src/util/disk.c:237: * @param whence specification to which position the offset parameter relates to ./src/util/disk.c:752: /* Check which low level directories already exist */ ./src/util/disk.c:1151: /* We do a non-overlapped write, which is as blocking as it gets */ ./src/util/disk.c:2167: which is used to implement select and nonblocking writes. ./src/util/disk.c:2169: unlike CreatePipe, which returns a bool for success or failure. */ ./src/util/disk.c:2201: * CreatePipe also stupidly creates a full duplex pipe, which is ./src/util/disk.c:2329: * Pipes are not seekable, and need no offsets, which is ./src/util/disk.c:2528: * @param end which end of the pipe to close ./src/util/disk.c:2565: * @param end which end of the pipe to detach ./src/util/dnsstub.c:22: * @brief DNS stub resolver which sends DNS requests to an actual resolver ./src/util/container_multihashmap32.c:188: * @param m hash map for which to compute the index ./src/util/container_multipeermap.c:266: * @param map hash map for which to compute the index ./src/util/container_multishortmap.c:268: * @param map hash map for which to compute the index ./src/util/crypto_crc.c:80: * Note that this is a little-endian CRC, which is best used with ./src/util/crypto_crc.c:100: * @param buf the data over which we're taking the CRC ./src/util/crypto_ecc_dlog.c:80: * a "void * = long" which corresponds to the numeric value of the ./src/util/crypto_hash.c:87: * @param enclen number of characters in @a enc (without 0-terminator, which can be missing) ./src/util/crypto_hash.c:117: * @return a positive number which is a measure for ./src/util/crypto_hash.c:299: * Find out which of the two `struct GNUNET_HashCode`s is closer to target ./src/util/crypto_kdf.c:57: * HMAC-SHA512 as XTR and HMAC-SHA256 in PRF* (in which case the output from SHA-512 is ./src/util/crypto_rsa.c:887: * Sign a blinded value, which must be a full domain hash of a message. ./src/util/crypto_rsa.c:1118: /* We cannot find r mod n, so gcd(r,n) != 1, which should get * ./src/util/crypto_symmetric.c:118: * @param result the output parameter in which to store the encrypted result ./src/util/getopt_helpers.c:322: * Allow user to specify a flag (which internally means setting ./src/util/getopt_helpers.c:354: * type 'char *', which will be allocated with the requested string. ./src/util/getopt_helpers.c:358: * which will be allocated) ./src/util/getopt_helpers.c:439: * which will be allocated) ./src/util/getopt.c:73: of `struct GNoption' terminated by an element containing a name which is ./src/util/getopt.c:114: GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which ./src/util/getopt.c:141: in which the last option character we returned was found. ./src/util/getopt.c:243: which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. ./src/util/getopt.c:244: The other is elements [last_nonopt,GNoptind), which contains all ./src/util/getopt.c:400: element containing a name which is zero. ./src/util/load.c:119: * @param autodecline speed at which this value should automatically ./src/util/load.c:137: * Change the value by which the load automatically declines. ./src/util/gnunet-qr.in:8:# findtool works like which without relying on which (which is a problem ./src/util/gnunet-service-resolver.c:492: * @param client_request_id to which request are we responding ./src/util/gnunet-service-resolver.c:560: * @param client_request_id to which request are we responding ./src/util/nc.c:73: * which case we disconnect these subscribers). Essentially, all ./src/util/os_installation.c:613: multiarch = NULL; /* maybe not, multiarch still has a '/', which is not OK */ ./src/util/os_priority.c:303: * If we really had a permissions problem, hanging up (which ./src/util/os_priority.c:552: * @param std_inheritance a set of GNUNET_OS_INHERIT_STD_* flags controlling which ./src/util/os_priority.c:855: /* Search in prefix dir (hopefully - the directory from which ./src/util/os_priority.c:1427: * @param std_inheritance a set of GNUNET_OS_INHERIT_STD_* flags controlling which ./src/util/os_priority.c:1457: * except that the filename and arguments can have whole strings which contain ./src/util/regex.c:88: * @param mask which bits in value are wildcards (any value)? ./src/util/regex.c:146: * @param mask which bits in value are wildcards (any value)? ./src/util/plugin.c:327: * @param cls the `struct LoadAllContext` describing which ./src/util/program.c:342: /* ARM needs to know which configuration file to use when starting ./src/util/scheduler.c:62: * Should we figure out which tasks are delayed for a while ./src/util/scheduler.c:157: * Information about which FDs are ready for this task (and why). ./src/util/scheduler.c:233: * Array of strings which make up a backtrace from the point when this ./src/util/scheduler.c:1208: * @param at time at which this operation should run ./src/util/scheduler.c:2054: /* find out which task priority level we are going to ./src/util/scheduler.c:2058: /* yes, p>0 is correct, 0 is "KEEP" which should ./src/util/scheduler.c:2147: * which contains callbacks for the scheduler (see definition of struct ./src/util/service.c:323: * Current position in @e msg at which we are transmitting. ./src/util/service.c:1095: * @param cfg configuration (which specifies the addresses) ./src/util/service.c:2216: * for ARM, which should call this function directly). ./src/util/service.c:2222: * service handler which can be used to control the service's ./src/util/service.c:2562: * @param c client for which to disable the warning ./src/util/service.c:2698: * Set the 'monitor' flag on this client. Clients which have been ./src/util/strings.c:55: * be NULL in which case only the necessary ./src/util/strings.c:759: * absolute time (which is in UTC) to a string in local time. ./src/util/strings.c:779: * As for msvcrt, use the wide variant, which always returns utf16 ./src/util/strings.c:991: * @param enclen number of characters in @a enc (without 0-terminator, which can be missing) ./src/util/strings.c:1257: * #GNUNET_SYSERR otherwise, in which ./src/util/strings.c:1332: * #GNUNET_SYSERR otherwise, in which case ./src/util/strings.c:1381: * @return #GNUNET_OK if conversion succeded. #GNUNET_SYSERR otherwise, in which ./src/util/test_container_bloomfilter.c:169: "(which should do nothing for a filter not backed by a file), got %d\n", ./src/util/test_os_network.c:29: * Check if the address we got is IPv4 or IPv6 loopback (which should ./src/util/test_peer.c:101: * Attempt to convert pid = 0 (which is reserved) ./src/util/util.conf:49:# which is what we want by default... ./src/util/win.c:797: * @remarks A buffer is allocated which contains the SID representing the ./src/util/win.c:1277: * which proceeds to call ExitProcess() inside that process. ./src/util/gnunet-ecc:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/gnunet-resolver:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/gnunet-uri:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/gnunet-config:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/gnunet-scrypt:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/gnunet-service-resolver:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/gnunet-config-diff:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/test_common_logging_dummy:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/util/gnunet-qr:8:# findtool works like which without relying on which (which is a problem ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:59: * Information we track for each IP address to determine which channel ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:95: * Information we track for each IP address to determine which channel ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:102: * Key under which this entry is in the 'destination_map' (only valid ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:240: * Destination to which this channel leads. Note that ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:388: * Compute the key under which we would store an entry in the ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:420: * Compute the key under which we would store an entry in the ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:1456: * @param dt destination channel for which we need to setup a channel ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn.c:2511: * @param addr set to either v4 or v6 depending on which ./src/vpn/gnunet-vpn:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/vpn/gnunet-service-vpn:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/zonemaster/gnunet-service-zonemaster.c:169: * What is the frequency at which we currently would like ./src/zonemaster/gnunet-service-zonemaster:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/zonemaster/gnunet-service-zonemaster-monitor:20: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./src/Makefile.in:548:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./src/Makefile:548:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./aclocal.m4:46:# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. ./aclocal.m4:98:# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in ./aclocal.m4:152:# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, ./aclocal.m4:221: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./aclocal.m4:360: # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes ./aclocal.m4:420:# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE ./aclocal.m4:898: dnl to know which OS platform Python thinks this is. ./ABOUT-NLS:52:codes, stating which languages are allowed. ./ABOUT-NLS:140:2010. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages ./ABOUT-NLS:1254:which it applies should also have been internationalized and ./ABOUT-NLS:1270:License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means ./ABOUT-NLS:1277:Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not ./COPYING:29:you this License which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute ./COPYING:53:released a new version of the Affero GPL which permits relicensing under ./COPYING:113:packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major ./COPYING:115:Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an ./COPYING:119:(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to ./COPYING:127:programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but ./COPYING:128:which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source ./COPYING:157:the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do ./COPYING:224:works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, ./COPYING:225:and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, ./COPYING:285: A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any ./COPYING:286:tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, ./COPYING:292:of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user ./COPYING:308:part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the ./COPYING:320:the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a ./COPYING:347:for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. ./COPYING:462:License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The ./COPYING:514:in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment ./COPYING:516:the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the ./COPYING:557:License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, ./COPYING:558:but the work with which it is combined will remain governed by version ./COPYING:577: If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future ./COPYING:625:free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. ./INSTALL:56: some messages telling which features it is checking for. ./INSTALL:91: distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other ./INSTALL:212:--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be ./INSTALL:214:--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be ./INSTALL:228: HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their ./INSTALL:229:prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated ./INSTALL:262:type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: ./INSTALL:281:"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will ./INSTALL:349: Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To ./README:87:- which (contrib/apparmor(?), gnunet-bugreport, ./README:103: - which, ./README:222:Regressions which do occur on these Operating Systems are 3rd ./README:233:the handbook under doc/handbook/, which includes notes about specific ./README:239:Two prominent examples which currently lack cross-compilation ./README:346:test (!) the network settings, choose which applications should be run ./README:509: which currently displays just GNUnet documentation. Until 2019 ./README:515: collected a good number of papers which have been implemented in ./README.md:37:- which (for the bootstrap script) ./README.md:214:...which for our example would be ./README.md:265:GNUnet is made for an open society: It's a self-organizing network and it's (free software)[https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html] as in freedom. GNUnet puts you in control of your data. You determine which data to share with whom, and you're not pressured to accept compromises. ./config.rpath:29:# which needs '.lib'). ./bootstrap:8:# This is more portable than `which' but comes with ./configure.ac:1892:# FIXME: `some modules' -> be more specific which exact modules. ./libtool:463:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./libtool:576:# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir. ./libtool:633: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./libtool:734:# has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have ./libtool:1039:# some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on ./libtool:1063: # Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is ./libtool:1079: # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. ./libtool:1696:# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). ./libtool:1939:# The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell ./libtool:2381: # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. ./libtool:2409: # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. ./libtool:3285: # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction: ./libtool:5750: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which ./libtool:6262: * argz[0], which is handled differently ./libtool:7018: # to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not ./libtool:8309: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./libtool:8927: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." ./libtool:9730: echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have" ./libtool:9773: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./libtool:9861: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./libtool:9915: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./libtool:10161: # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag ./libtool:10249: # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine ./libtool:10498: # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine ./libtool:11383: # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it ./autom4te.cache/requests:2:# It contains the lists of macros which have been traced. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:22: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:107:# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:116:# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in ./autom4te.cache/output.0:166: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:2170: which can conflict with char $2 (); below. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:2189:/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./autom4te.cache/output.0:2736:It was created by gnunet $as_me 0.11.0, which was ./autom4te.cache/output.0:3236:# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs ./autom4te.cache/output.0:3237:# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag ./autom4te.cache/output.0:3238:# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args ./autom4te.cache/output.0:3239:# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" ./autom4te.cache/output.0:3240:# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic ./autom4te.cache/output.0:3241:# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:3624:# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:4841: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:5540: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:5917: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:6030:# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:6457: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/output.0:6575: # Adding the 'sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: ./autom4te.cache/output.0:7504: # decide which one to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL ./autom4te.cache/output.0:8090: # which start with @ or ?. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:9419:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./autom4te.cache/output.0:10040: { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide" >&5 ./autom4te.cache/output.0:10041:$as_echo_n "checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide... " >&6; } ./autom4te.cache/output.0:10193:# which needs '.lib'). ./autom4te.cache/output.0:10652: # old Intel for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:10685: # which looks to be a dead project) ./autom4te.cache/output.0:11301: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./autom4te.cache/output.0:11438: # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:12291: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./autom4te.cache/output.0:12293: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./autom4te.cache/output.0:12710: # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used ./autom4te.cache/output.0:13114: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:13169: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:13174: # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are ./autom4te.cache/output.0:14453: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/output.0:15173: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./autom4te.cache/output.0:15611: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./autom4te.cache/output.0:15613: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./autom4te.cache/output.0:16010: # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) ./autom4te.cache/output.0:16032: # old Intel C++ for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:16674: # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used ./autom4te.cache/output.0:17076: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:17131: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:17136: # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are ./autom4te.cache/output.0:17899: # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:19073: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:19526: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:24604: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:24621: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/output.0:28953: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:29075: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:29152: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:33173: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:33258:# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ./autom4te.cache/output.0:33267:# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in ./autom4te.cache/output.0:33538:This file was extended by gnunet $as_me 0.11.0, which was ./autom4te.cache/output.0:34291:# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: ./autom4te.cache/output.0:34565: # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required ./autom4te.cache/output.0:34624: # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't ./autom4te.cache/output.0:34789:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 ./autom4te.cache/output.0:34791:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} ./autom4te.cache/output.0:34887: # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes ./autom4te.cache/output.0:35438:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./autom4te.cache/output.0:35757: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./autom4te.cache/output.0:35816: # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which ./autom4te.cache/output.0:35867:# FIXME: `some modules' -> be more specific which exact modules. ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:785: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:900: # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:1258: dnl to know which OS platform Python thinks this is. ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:2605: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:2621: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:3525: dnl $prefix/lib/64 (which is a symlink to either $prefix/lib/sparcv9 or ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:4233:# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:4735: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:4828: # Adding the 'sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:5506: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:5706: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./autom4te.cache/traces.0:5775: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:22: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:107:# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:116:# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in ./autom4te.cache/output.1:166: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:2170: which can conflict with char $2 (); below. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:2189:/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./autom4te.cache/output.1:2736:It was created by gnunet $as_me 0.11.0, which was ./autom4te.cache/output.1:3236:# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs ./autom4te.cache/output.1:3237:# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag ./autom4te.cache/output.1:3238:# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args ./autom4te.cache/output.1:3239:# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" ./autom4te.cache/output.1:3240:# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic ./autom4te.cache/output.1:3241:# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:3624:# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:4841: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:5540: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:5917: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:6030:# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:6457: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/output.1:6575: # Adding the 'sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: ./autom4te.cache/output.1:7504: # decide which one to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL ./autom4te.cache/output.1:8090: # which start with @ or ?. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:9419:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./autom4te.cache/output.1:10040: { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide" >&5 ./autom4te.cache/output.1:10041:$as_echo_n "checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide... " >&6; } ./autom4te.cache/output.1:10193:# which needs '.lib'). ./autom4te.cache/output.1:10652: # old Intel for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:10685: # which looks to be a dead project) ./autom4te.cache/output.1:11301: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./autom4te.cache/output.1:11438: # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:12291: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./autom4te.cache/output.1:12293: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./autom4te.cache/output.1:12710: # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used ./autom4te.cache/output.1:13114: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:13169: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:13174: # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are ./autom4te.cache/output.1:14453: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/output.1:15173: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./autom4te.cache/output.1:15611: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./autom4te.cache/output.1:15613: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./autom4te.cache/output.1:16010: # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) ./autom4te.cache/output.1:16032: # old Intel C++ for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:16674: # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used ./autom4te.cache/output.1:17076: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:17131: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:17136: # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are ./autom4te.cache/output.1:17899: # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:19073: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:19526: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:24604: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:24621: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ./autom4te.cache/output.1:28953: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:29075: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:29152: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:33173: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:33258:# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ./autom4te.cache/output.1:33267:# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in ./autom4te.cache/output.1:33538:This file was extended by gnunet $as_me 0.11.0, which was ./autom4te.cache/output.1:34291:# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: ./autom4te.cache/output.1:34565: # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required ./autom4te.cache/output.1:34624: # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't ./autom4te.cache/output.1:34789:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 ./autom4te.cache/output.1:34791:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} ./autom4te.cache/output.1:34887: # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes ./autom4te.cache/output.1:35438:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./autom4te.cache/output.1:35757: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./autom4te.cache/output.1:35816: # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which ./autom4te.cache/output.1:35867:# FIXME: `some modules' -> be more specific which exact modules. ./Makefile.in:604:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./pre-commit:17:if test -x "`which 'dos2unix'`" ./build-aux/config.rpath:29:# which needs '.lib'). ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:64:# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir. ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:121: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:222:# has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:527:# some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:551: # Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:567: # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:1184:# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:1427:# The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:1869: # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:1897: # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:2773: # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction: ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:5238: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:5750: * argz[0], which is handled differently ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:6506: # to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:7797: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:8415: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:9218: echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have" ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:9261: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:9349: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:9403: echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:9649: # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:9737: # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:9986: # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine ./build-aux/ltmain.sh:10871: # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it ./build-aux/compile:2:# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. ./build-aux/compile:243:Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. ./build-aux/config.guess:456: # can be virtually everything (everything which is not ./build-aux/config.guess:460: # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not ./build-aux/config.sub:41:# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations ./build-aux/config.sub:676: # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand ./build-aux/install-sh:162:# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad ./build-aux/missing:188: echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" ./build-aux/depcomp:97: # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem. ./build-aux/depcomp:211:## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode. ./build-aux/depcomp:230:## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ./build-aux/depcomp:437: # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option ./build-aux/depcomp:439: # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that ./build-aux/mdate-sh:34: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./build-aux/mdate-sh:104:# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. ./build-aux/mdate-sh:117:# Find which argument is the month. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:40:% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:190: stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:260:% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:347: % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:470:% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:686:% the text is small, which looks bad. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:782: % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:953:% @comment ...line which is ignored... ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1008:% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1177:% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1178:% which we \xdef. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1219: % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1220: % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1394: % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1397: % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1453: % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1602: % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:1603: % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:2332:% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:2524:% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:2851:% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:2967: % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3011:% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3014:% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3015:% places within the url. (There used to be another version, which ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3270:% which is what @var uses. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3309:% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3452: % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3480:% whichever is larger. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3540:% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3546:% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3547:% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3571: % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:3750: % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4121:% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4393:% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4457: % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4500: % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4595:{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4651:% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4807:% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4898: % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:4929:% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5238: % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5261:% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5267:% is with most defuns, which call us directly). ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5299: % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5709: % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5843:% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5844:% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5882: % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5903: % which could be otherwise be lost by the time the final page is output. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5939:% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5983: % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:5989: % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6124:% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6268:% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6328: % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6477:% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6803:% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6866:% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6984:% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:6986:% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:7149:% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:7680: % which is there to keep the function description together with its ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:7871:% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:7904: % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:7989:% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8072:% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8167:% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8364:% the catcode regime under which the body was input). ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8479: % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8686:% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8772:% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8807:% anchor), which consists of three parts: ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8815:% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8926: % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:8955: % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9013: % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9179: % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9260: % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9523: % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9535: % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9584:% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9595: % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9630: % labels (which have a completely different output format) from ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9756:% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9757:% \lastsection value which we \setref above. ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9798:% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:9799:% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which ./build-aux/texinfo.tex:11590:% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; ./configure:22: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./configure:107:# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ./configure:116:# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in ./configure:166: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which ./configure:2170: which can conflict with char $2 (); below. ./configure:2189:/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./configure:2736:It was created by gnunet $as_me 0.11.0, which was ./configure:3236:# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs ./configure:3237:# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag ./configure:3238:# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args ./configure:3239:# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" ./configure:3240:# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic ./configure:3241:# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. ./configure:3624:# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./configure:4841: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./configure:5540: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./configure:5917: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./configure:6030:# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./configure:6457: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./configure:6575: # Adding the 'sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: ./configure:7504: # decide which one to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL ./configure:8090: # which start with @ or ?. ./configure:9419:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./configure:10040: { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide" >&5 ./configure:10041:$as_echo_n "checking which variant of shared library versioning to provide... " >&6; } ./configure:10193:# which needs '.lib'). ./configure:10652: # old Intel for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./configure:10685: # which looks to be a dead project) ./configure:11301: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./configure:11438: # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. ./configure:12291: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./configure:12293: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./configure:12710: # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used ./configure:13114: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./configure:13169: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./configure:13174: # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are ./configure:14453: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return, which upsets mingw ./configure:15173: # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory ./configure:15611: # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would ./configure:15613: # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed ./configure:16010: # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) ./configure:16032: # old Intel C++ for x86_64, which still supported -KPIC. ./configure:16674: # shared library versioning with .so extension only, which is used ./configure:17076: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./configure:17131: # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. ./configure:17136: # Ideally, we could use ldconfig to report *all* directores which are ./configure:17899: # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. ./configure:19073: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./configure:19526: # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. ./configure:24604: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./configure:24621: # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ./configure:28953: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./configure:29075: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./configure:29152: # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which ./configure:33173: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./configure:33258:# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ./configure:33267:# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in ./configure:33538:This file was extended by gnunet $as_me 0.11.0, which was ./configure:34291:# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: ./configure:34565: # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required ./configure:34624: # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't ./configure:34789:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 ./configure:34791:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} ./configure:34887: # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes ./configure:35438:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./configure:35757: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./configure:35816: # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which ./configure:35867:# FIXME: `some modules' -> be more specific which exact modules. ./config.log:4:It was created by gnunet configure 0.11.0, which was ./config.log:468:| which can conflict with char shl_load (); below. ./config.log:487:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:10811:| which can conflict with char _doprnt (); below. ./config.log:10830:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:11067:| which can conflict with char stat64 (); below. ./config.log:11086:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:11354:| which can conflict with char getpeerucred (); below. ./config.log:11373:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:11611:| which can conflict with char setresuid (); below. ./config.log:11630:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:11889:| which can conflict with char getaddrinfo_a (); below. ./config.log:11908:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:12157:| which can conflict with char getresgid (); below. ./config.log:12176:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:12417:| which can conflict with char mallinfo (); below. ./config.log:12436:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:12677:| which can conflict with char malloc_size (); below. ./config.log:12696:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:12937:| which can conflict with char malloc_usable_size (); below. ./config.log:12956:| /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements ./config.log:13092:This file was extended by gnunet config.status 0.11.0, which was ./config.log:14368:This file was extended by gnunet config.status 0.11.0, which was ./config.log:14385:This file was extended by gnunet config.status 0.11.0, which was ./config.log:14402:This file was extended by gnunet config.status 0.11.0, which was ./config.log:14422:This file was extended by gnunet config.status 0.11.0, which was ./config.status:22: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which ./config.status:107:# in which case we are not to be found in the path. ./config.status:116:# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in ./config.status:383:This file was extended by gnunet $as_me 0.11.0, which was ./config.status:978:# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: ./config.status:1644: # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required ./config.status:1701: # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't ./config.status:1868:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 ./config.status:1870:which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} ./config.status:1966: # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes ./config.status:2517:# directories to be munged by the contents of PATH, which is string ./config.status:2836: # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). ./Makefile:604:# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); ./lint/checkbashisms.1:32:Check for issues which are non POSIX but required to be supported by Debian ./lint/checkbashisms.1:41:Highlight lines which, whilst they do not contain bashisms, may be ./lint/checkbashisms.1:43:which may be ignored. ./lint/bashism.log:52:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./lint/bashism.log:60:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./lint/bashism.log:72:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 5" ./lint/bashism.log:150:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./lint/bashism.log:152:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./lint/bashism.log:154:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./lint/bashism.log:156:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 30" ./lint/bashism.log:170:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./lint/bashism.log:174:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./lint/bashism.log:178:which timeout &> /dev/null && DO_TIMEOUT="timeout 15" ./lint/checkbashisms.pl:4:# which is: ./lint/checkbashisms.pl:43:based on original code which is copyright 1998 by Richard Braakman ./lint/checkbashisms.pl:336: # Determine which one would match first: ./lint/checkbashisms.pl:483: # This check requires the value to be compared, which could ./lint/checkbashisms.pl:589: # which do not pass on their parameters (i.e. after re-execing ./lint/checkbashisms.pl:599: # Match scripts which use "foo $0 $@ &\nexec true\n"